Category Archives: CIA MKULTRA

Victim of Neuro-Experimentation Rohinie Bisesar Reports Abuse in Canadian Jail System

by Ramola D/Posted 2/13/2017

(Breaking News Update from Mr. Byer based on today’s court proceedings, 2/13/2017, included at end of article.)

Rohinie Bisesar, the striking and talented 41-year-old Canadian woman accused of fatally stabbing a 28-year-old health worker, Rosemary Junor in December of 2015, appeared in a Toronto court on February 8, 2017, was found fit for trial, and was assigned a court trial date a whole year from now, in January of 2018.

rohinie-bisesar3Her appearance, however, reported with the utmost neutrality and complete lack of investigative journalism by the Canadian press, gave rise to much concern among Mind Control activists who were present.

Facial Rashes and Bruises

To start with, her face was marked with a rash, which some activists note could possibly be a kind of “radiation dermatitis” a known side-effect of radiation, which cancer-sufferers often manifest after radiation therapy, also which prisoners in other detention centers have reported, and which electro-sensitive patients often report, in response to directed electromagnetic radiation.

This is also a reaction reported by many who allege continuous assault by electromagnetic weapons: pulsed electromagnetic radiation from “non-lethal weapons” and other directed-energy weapons, designed to degrade human health, does indeed give rise to radiation dermatitis.

Bisesar entered the courtroom in handcuffs and appeared to have a rash on her face. Throughout the proceedings, Bisesar spoke in a raspy voice and told the judge that she was dehydrated.” – CBC News

It should be noted here that dehydration is also a symptom of microwave radiation over-exposure; many today who are reporting covert assault with microwave and directed-energy weapons report dehydration and extreme thirst.

Also of concern are reports from a January 9 court appearance that Rohinie Bisesar’s face was marked with “four bruises.”

When she arrived in court on Monday, Bisesar appeared to have four large healing abrasions covering both sides of her face. It’s not yet clear how she suffered the injuries.” – City News

rohinidrawing-city-news-marianne-boucher

Image: City News/Drawing: Marianne Boruch

Allegations of Being Drugged and Raped

Judge John McMahon, to his credit, appears to have asked immediately about Ms. Bisesar’s health.

“The judge immediately asked Rohinie about the medical condition she had complained about before. He was referring to a rash that was on Rohinie’s face. Rohinie responded by claiming that she was unable to speak properly. She was having difficulty speaking….Rohinie eventually informed the judge that she had been taken to Oakville hospital, where she was drugged, raped, and not allowed to wash. Once she got to the hospital, her rash disappeared.” – Joshua Byer

Raped? Drugged and raped? Surely these claims, of basic human rights violation and extreme physical abuse at the hands of the Canadian jail and court system require both reportage and investigation? Yet news reports by the selectively-reporting journalists typing up their brief accounts of court events appear to have fully missed these claims.

Mr. Byer specifically confirms that Ms. Bisesar used the word “rape” in court. At Oakville Hospital, where Rohinie had been sent for a mental health assessment, Mr. Byer reports that Rohinie had stated as much:

“She was drugged unconscious and then found some of her pubic hair missing at Oakville hospital. That is my understanding of the rape claim…Rohinie used the word ‘rape’.”

David Connally Fired as Defense Attorney

In a series of communications with the judge, punctuated by sobs and urgent pleas, interspersed with clear statements, Rohinie Bisesar stated she wished to fire her current attorney, David Connally, the second assigned to her defense, after attorney Calvin Barry had been fired earlier.

Mr. Byer reports that the judge asserted this might be possible while attempting simultaneously to persuade her not to take this action. Regardless, Ms. Bisesar persisted, and the judge was obliged to release Mr. Connally from his duties as Ms. Bisesar’s defence lawyer.

“Rohinie wrote a two page letter to the judge. The judge told Rohinie that she was not supposed to do that. No secret communication is allowed between the defendant and the judge. The judge is going to give a copy of the letter to both the defense attorney and the prosecutor. In the letter, Rohinie stated once again that she was not satisfied with her current lawyer, David Connally. The judge offered to remove Connaly as Rohinie’s counsel and attempted to pressure her into refusing. This didn’t work, Rohinie took the judge up on his offer. The judge officially had Connaly removed as her counsel.

The judge then suggested that this would delay the case by 3 weeks, in order to get her new lawyer up to speed. The judge claimed that he would assist Rohinie in getting a new lawyer, asked for her to give him the name of a potential new lawyer. Rohinie refused to say the name to the court, but eventually agreed to write it on a piece of paper and have it given to the judge.” – Joshua Byer

Defendants on other cases note here that letters to judges in court are not always considered unwelcome; one notes that a letter to the judge in a Juvenile Court hearing was indeed read out boastfully by the judge, to make all parties aware of the contents.

This person (identity being protected) notes that the fact that Ms. Bisesar took the step of addressing the judge in a letter seeking a change of attorney speaks perhaps to the fact that she was hard-put to know who else to appeal to. It also appears commendable that she was expressing her mind and her reservations about public disclosure with perfect clarity and intent.

Reports of Mistreatment and Abuse at Vanier Center for Women

Mr. Byer further reports that Rohinie Bisesar complained that about 300 pages of notes were stolen from her at the jail, Vanier Center for Women, where she is being housed, about being denied visitors, about her mail being stolen, about not being allowed to receive mail from Legal Aid, making it difficult to find a new lawyer, and about not being permitted to use the phone.

“David Connally’s office had requested that the jail not allow her to use the phone…The judge said that he was informed the reason for this was ‘she kept trying to call the prime minister and chief prosecutor’. The judge eventually assured the court that Rohinie would be allowed to contact lawyers over the phone.”

The judge also promised to call the jail and investigate the theft of her notes.

Again, these reports of abuse of basic civil and human rights appear to have merited bare to no mention in Canadian news reports. The irony that Ms. Bisesar’s own defense attorney would act to willfully prevent her from using the telephone was not remarked on in news coverage.

Mr. Byer in fact reports that on previous visits to the jail, activists were told no letters could be handed to Ms. Bisesar. Galina Kurdina, who frequently attempted to get letters across, was obliged to memorize messages and relay them verbally on her visit.

How can this arbitrary suppression of mail be considered lawful? Even prisoners, while subject to having their letters scanned, have basic rights and liberties, according to the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms in the Canadian Constitution. That should include being able to receive mail from the outside world, from concerned citizens and human rights activists, from journalists and well-wishers, from family and friends.

As a target of criminal or Intelligence-run MK ULTRA-like non-consensual neuro-experimentation, is Ms. Bisesar being singled out by the Crown for discriminatory treatment and suppression of basic civil rights?

Reports of Non-Consensual Neuro-Experimentation, Neuro-Implantation, and Remote Manipulation of Body and Brain

At core of Ms. Bisesar’s complaints is her repeated assertion that she is a victim of non-consensual neuro-experimentation, and that she has been implanted with a device which has the capability of taking over her brain and body, and manipulating both her personality and her bodily movements. Maintaining her innocence last May, she said she was controlled:

“Bisesar has repeatedly denied she has mental health problems, maintaining instead that a device has been implanted in her that controls her words and actions. That is why she is innocent of the murder, she has said.”The Star

Once more in court this past week, she made these assertions:

“Bisesar repeatedly said she was “a good person” and not responsible for Junor’s death.

“There’s something interacting with me,” said Bisesar, who grew emotional in court at times. “I am a victim myself, I didn’t ask for this but someone is doing it to me.”Simcoe.com

Mr. Byer, himself a reporting victim of non-consensual neuro-experimentation, notes that an implanted device can affect one’s tone and volume, as Ms. Bisesar’s voice appeared affected, making it hard for her to communicate.

He also suggests that the rash which disappeared on her arrival at the hospital could also have been caused by the implanted device, a scenario not unfamiliar to other reporting non-consensual neuro-experimentees.

“Through the implanted device, the CIA affected her voice, created false emotions and caused her to say things. The result allowed reporters to ignore all of the evidence of manipulation and instead focus on the appearance of showmanship/acting.”

Whether it is the US Central Intelligence Agency or Canadian Military Intelligence, operating through the Intelligence Branch or the Communications Security Branch of the Department of National Defence and Canadian Forces, or the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, or some other Intelligence wing of the Canadian military and security and Intelligence establishment, or a private criminal element involved in covert neuro-experimentation on former financial analyst Rohinie Bisesar, as also on other reporting victims in Canada, it is perhaps these Intelligence bodies who should be subpoena’d or prosecuted and questioned on their current Black Operations of non-consensual neuro-experimentation.

“Can we get control of an individual to the point where he will do our bidding against his will and even against fundamental laws of nature, such as self-preservation?” US government memo on PROJECT ARTICHOKE, 1952

“The key to creating an effective spy or assassin rests in splitting a man’s personality, or creating multipersonality, with the aid of hypnotism…. This is not science fiction. …I have done it.” George Estabrooks, Canadian-American MK ULTRA psychologist.

The possibility that Rohinie Bisesar is indeed a MK ULTRA victim of secretive and malicious covert neuro-experimentation by shadowy Intelligence and military special operations groups, who are judged, worldwide, by discerning researchers, to be engaging in such programs, was considered extensively in previous articles here:

Ramola D/Washington’s Blog: Rohinie Bisesar: Psychiatric Illness, or Long-Term Covert Neuro-Experimentation and a “Manchurian Candidate”?

Ramola D/Washington’s Blog: Activists Inform Canadian Journalists of Ongoing Neuro-Experimentation & Mind Control Projects While Irregularities in Rohinie Bisesar’s Court Case Mount

Anti-Mind-Control Activists Prevented From Contacting Possible Mind-Control Neuro-Experimentee Rohinie Bisesar by Toronto Jail, Lawyer, Media

21st-Century Bio-Hacking and Bio-Robotizing in the Case of Rohinie Bisesar: Breakthrough as Defense Attorney Confirms Her Receipt of Letter from Human Rights Activists

While Ms. Bisesar was found “fit to stand trial” after a mental assessment in April 2016, meaning found to be mentally competent to understand the charges against her and the nature of the court proceedings, the judge informed Ms. Bisesar that the Crown—essentially the State in Canada—would seek a fresh psychiatric assessment to determine whether she could be adjudged Not Criminally Responsible. Ms. Bisesar rejected this suggestion.

“I do not want a psychiatric assessment. That’s a great way to cover up what’s happening,” Bisesar said. “It’s not a psychiatric disorder.”

Justice John McMahon, who is presiding over the case, explained that the Crown is entitled to ask for an assessment in relation to whether Bisesar was not criminally responsible for the offence she’s charged with.

A person can be found not criminally responsible if they were suffering from a mental disorder at the time of the offence that made it impossible for them to understand the nature and quality of what they did or impossible for them to understand that what they were doing was wrong.

McMahon explained that Bisesar would not have to raise the issue of being not criminally responsible at trial but if a jury found her not guilty, then the Crown could potentially bring up the NCR issue at that stage.”Simcoe.com

Other Canadians are Reporting Covert Non-Consensual Neuro-Experimentation, which Corporate Media Suppresses

Thousands of Canadians today are reporting covert experimentation and assault on their bodies and brains, just as thousands worldwide are reporting such programs.

Information on these reports may be found widely online, and covers experimentation with Brain Computer Interfaces, Brain to Brain Communication, EEG Cloning and Heterodyning, Synthetic Telepathy, Radio Hypnosis and Electronic Dissolution of Memory, Artificial Neural Networks, Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation, other kinds of neurotechnology, and other extensions of MK ULTRA behavior modification programs using electromagnetic radiation and microchip implants.

“New neurological technology, however, has a refined efficiency. The individual is defenseless against direct manipulation of the brain because he is deprived of his most intimate mechanisms of biological reactivity.” – Jose M. Delgado, Physical Control of the Mind/Toward a Psycho-Civilized Society, 1969

These top secret experiments were successful in creating Manchurian Candidates or super spies programmed to carry out assassination, terrorist acts, sexual favors, and more without conscious knowledge of what they were doing…. The existence of these programs was denied for decades, and certainly any recent documents would be classified secret under the rubric of “national security.” A trusted CIA informant I know assures me that these programs are ongoing.” – Fred Burks, I Want To Know, CIA Mind Control Experiments/ Declassified Documents Reveal Sex Abuse, More

“In 1967 a writer named Lincoln Lawrence published a book … [Were We Controlled? presented] a sophisticated technique known as RHIC–EDOM … Radio Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control–Electronic Dissolution of Memory….

“Under RHIC, a ‘sleeper’ can be used years later with no realization that the ‘sleeper’ is even being controlled! He can be made to perform acts that he will have no memory of ever having carried out. In a manipulated kind of kamikaze operation where the life of the ‘sleeper’ is dispensable, RHIC processing makes him particularly valuable because if he is detected and caught before he performs the act specified . . . nothing he says will implicate the group or government which processed and controlled him.”– Walter Bowart, Operation Mind Control/Mind Control and Ritual Abuse Information Service

“Following public outrage, the CIA announced it had ceased its mind manipulation programmes. Victor Marchetti, a CIA veteran of 14 years who turned ‘whistle-blower’, exposed this to be untrue.

In 1977, Marchetti said the CIA claims to have ceased were a cover story. Under scrutiny, the agency were quick to downplay the success of MK-ULTRA – claiming no real advances were achieved. Miles Copeland, another long-serving CIA officer disputed this. Speaking to a reporter, Copeland revealed that ‘the congressional subcommittee which went into this sort of thing only got the barest glimpse’. Another source within the intelligence community says that after 1963, CIA efforts increasingly focused on psychoelectronics. Narcohypnosis had been drained dry.” –Richard G. Gall, Mind Control and MK ULTRA

Current-day reports on invasive MK ULTRA-style neuro-experimentation can increasingly be found on specialized human rights advocacy sites focused on uncovering current reality–given that corporate media outlets, certainly in the USA and, according to whistleblower journalist Udo Ulfkotte, all over the Western world, including Canada, have been controlled for decades by the CIA, and are now apparently silenced or magically enchanted by mantras of “National Security”.

Media indeed seem to have failed and betrayed us with their repeated publication of official Government propaganda and lies permitted by unConstitutional practices of Military Deception and Psychological Warfare, particularly in this subject area of neuro-experimentation.

As a result, except for the most awakened and sophisticated readers today, many believe that such technological accomplishments in the area of Neuroscience as the remote introduction of voices into one’s head, clandestine neuro-implantation, including of programmable read-write Brain Computer Interfaces which can delete memories and insert directives and memories, remote manipulation of motor cortexes, sensory cortexes, bodily movements, and senses, reading minds, and seeing through another’s eyes or hearing through another’s ears, still float in a nebulous world of futuristic “science fiction.”

Experience of Canadian and US Neuro-Experimentees Very Similar to Rohinie Bisesar’s

Supporting Ms. Bisesar’s claims of covert implantation and mental and bodily steering through remote manipulation of a device inside her as well as of her brain, Mrs. Galina Kurdina, prominent mind control activist with the Organization of Victims of Psychotronic Weapons in Toronto, who recently wrote an informative letter to media, states that her own experience quite closely resembles Ms. Bisesar’s.

She also states that she was scanned by toxicologist Dr. Hildegarde Staninger and has learned she has nanomaterials in her body which are used as chips to send signals to her body. As a programmer herself, she offers insight into the programmable aspects of these chips:

“It seems to me that the implants in bodies of victims are actually microcomputers that have all necessary programs, can gain full body and mind control over human subjects, exchange information with computers of perpetrators and need minimum of stimulation and interference with their work. I feel that my brain and body are scanned 24/7. I feel like pressure on different parts of my body. Besides it, I am always dizzy, weak, sometimes it seems to me that I am going to faint. It is impossible to resist this influence, since electrical signals of mind control equipment that affect me are much more powerful than electrical signals of my body.

I experienced loud and very loud voices in my head at the beginning of the experiments upon me: first several months of 2006. Voices exchanged information with me, for example, they could remind me, where I left my belongings, since criminals constantly deleted my memory at that time. After that, I experienced mostly induced thoughts, not voices.

The influence upon me was so powerful (it was full and precise mind and body control) that it was impossible to resist it. Yes, my body was taken over completely: thoughts, emotions, feelings, sensations, desires, speech, movements, actions and so on were not mine. When they took full control over my body, they manipulated me, as if I was a radio toy, a bio robot.” – Galina Kurdina

Mrs. Kurdina’s long and traumatic experience, detailed with specificity, can be found in her video accounts and in a diary she has kept. Especially interesting are notes from her diary which directly indict the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, who she says, are involved in the experimentation projects on her brain:

“They talk to me like over cell phone….Male voice in January 2006, which introduced himself as a Jew Grigoriy Shultser, offered me to work for RCMP as a guinea pig for the first time….They have asked me several times since January, 2006 whether I wanted to work for RCMP as a “guinea pig”. I refused every time…They offer me a job as a software programmer within their experiment, under control of their computer, actually, job of a guinea pig….Perpetrators offered me to work as a guinea pig for RCMP for 25,000 CAD per year several times in January and March, 2006, but I refused.

(They) say to me that there is nothing awful that I am manipulated like a computer device. I want them to be manipulated as bio robots if they do not see anything bad in it. They have offered me to leave Canada for any other country many times recently. They do not want to be responsible for their crimes, they want to get rid of the victims of their experiments and witnesses of their crimes….

They have offered me to become a guinea pig in their experiments with psyche since January 2006. They wanted to research schizophrenia; they offered to develop schizophrenia, bring me in catatonia and spend a month in this state.” – Galina Kurdina’s Diary

Manan Paul, another Canadian reporting non-consensual experimentation describes his experience as very similar to Rohinie Bisesar’s and Galina Kurdina’s:

“I was once scanned and found out that there is radiation from my head, so I could be implanted.

I think I am being controlled through the brain for sure with or without implantation.

I get induced thoughts all the time I am not sleeping, along with voices. My whole body is controlled, even internal functions such as respiration and digestion. I am in a hypnotic state all the time. Memory is retrieved at will by the handlers and I don’t have access to my memory. These are only some of the symptoms.

It is impossible to resist the manipulation of mind and body I found. I don’t think resisting is possible. I have tried a lot of things including yoga and meditation.

I have experienced the whole body being taken over. I have not read this book (Project Soulcatcher by Dr. Robert Duncan) but read the previous one (The Matrix Deciphered) and a lot of things described there match what I experience.” – Manan Paul

Joshua Byer, who experiences external mind control, does not report external takeover of his body but suggests the work of an implant:

“I know because of what has been done to me that I have a brain implant that was implanted non-consensually. I have had an X-ray, MRI, and CT scan none of which appeared to show any implants. The implant interacts directly with my brain by shocking, it is therefore either on or in my brain.

I believe with certainty that the body control aspect of the device is done through the brain. The device shocks a certain area of the brain causing the body to react.

My brain is being read/scanned and manipulated continuously for long periods of time. Given the extreme lengths that I experience this, it can at times prove difficult to know if I am currently being monitored. I suspect if they did not perform any manipulation I would have to assume I was not being monitored although it could likely be the case.” – Joshua Byer

Tyrone Dew, well-known American mind control activist and author of Satellite Terrorism: The Illuminati Got Me!, who reports being a victim of non-consensual neuro-experimentation, astonishingly since early childhood, does not believe he has an implant, but describes a process similar to the EEG cloning and heterodyning described by whistleblower Dr. Robert Duncan in his book Project Soulcatcher. He also describes trauma-based mind-control, in line with information emergent from MK ULTRA files:

“No brain implant, I had MRIs as a kid when I played football. It’s the stimulation of my neural network and electromagnetic energy taking the shape of my body, overriding my bio electricity and controlling my body sort of like how people believe the spirit does. Physical sensations? It depends, sometimes it hurts! Mostly it feels like my brain waves are being overpowered.

Yes (I have experienced V2K or Voice to Skull—synthetic telepathy) mostly racist, threatening comments.

I’ve tried (resisting) and was successful but they inflict extreme pain! Sometimes it feels like energy is in the form of an invisible human moving throughout my body. At first I was able to resist a few minutes until they applied extreme pain. Nowadays after years of pain being inflicted and still not being able to completely resist, it’s become easier for them to control me.

When I experienced forced speech, first I could resist as I felt my brainwaves changing but they inflicted an extreme stinging pain in my brain and it began feeling like the energy in the shape of an invisible person was forcing me to speak. Nowadays I can’t resist!” – Tyrone Dew

Another American non-consensual experimentee (identity being protected) reports similar experiences of being the victim of EEG cloning, where another person’s brainwaves are transmitted into her brain via a presumed Brain Computer Link and overrides hers, forcing her body into foreign movements:

“…another electronic technique for making people say and do things that they normally would not say or do. Though I have experienced it myself, David Voigts is the expert on this technology. It has to do with a type of remote neural monitoring where they use a brain link to overlap two separate minds into one, where the perpetrator can override the victim and insert foreign speech and actions. The neighbor next door did it to me when I had company.

Two well- respected professionals (who were also being targeted) were visiting me for the first time. As I started answering their questions and telling them my TI story, I started using exaggerated facial and hand gestures, which made me look and sound like a clown, basically so I would look ridiculous and lose credibility. I felt like I was a puppet on a string. By the time I realized that I was not the one doing this, my new friends were exchanging looks and giggling with each other. I tried to explain afterward, but first impressions tend to last a long time.

My neighbor (name withheld) was doing this to me. Because our brains were linked in two-way communication, I had a telepathic vision (in my mind’s eye) of him standing in his apartment wearing a head-set and making exaggerated expressions and hand motions in order to mock me as I spoke. My expressions and hand gestures were not as extreme as his, but it did feel like I was being remote-controlled to mimic him. Now, I wonder how often this has occurred without my knowledge of it.” – American non-consensual neuro-experimentee

Breakthrough Communication from Rohinie Bisesar to Activists Pleads for Help

Back in September of last year, after one of five letters Mrs. Galina Kurdina tried to get through to Ms. Bisesar finally went through, Ms. Bisesar penned a note to Galina Kurdina, which was posted then on Facebook, and is reproduced now below, with permission from the Canadian group:

rohinie-letter1

Subsequent to this call for help, Mrs. Kurdina and another activist visited Ms. Bisesar in prison, and the group had this to report:

“Like many of us, Rohinie feels that people are seeing through her eyes and hearing through her ears. She claims that her limbs are being moved by someone else (through the use of the implanted device). She does not feel her lawyer is doing anything for her and wants us to find a new one. She has promised to mail Galina names of family and acquaintances so that we can better help her. We know that she is being allowed visits from her brother. We have promised to try and contact lawyers so that she can start freely making phone calls and receiving all her mail. Hopefully, we can also resolve why getting in to see her has been a months’ long ordeal.” – Joshua Byer

In subsequent visits, World-CACH (Coalition Against Covert Harassment) Director Suja Vijayan reports, Canadian activists were able to pass on further information to Ms. Bisesar, including information on a professional medical scanner and a list of lawyers, and asked her to contact her family for the cost of a scan, which she agreed to do.

Much as she reports repeatedly herself, and as evident from the lucidity of her letter above, it seems to become increasingly clear that Rohinie Bisesar is not a victim of mental illness but instead of technologically-aided neuro-experimentation as a non-consensual victim, as the case also with the five reported cases herein.

Crown’s Negligence in Ignoring Neuro-Experimentation and Insistence on Psychiatric Assessments

The Crown’s insistence therefore on demanding fresh psychiatric assessments and refusing to endorse the need for physical and radiological scans, as is expected from the judge’s statements on her impending next court appearance on Monday, February 13, is an issue of negligence that perhaps Ms. Bisesar’s new defense lawyer will address.

The ongoing tragedy here is that Ms. Bisesar’s claims of neuro-experimentation are not being taken seriously by the court system, nor by corporate Canadian media – in protection, it appears, of the military and Intelligence services running clandestine neuro-experimentation projects on the Canadian populace.

Is the Crown also ignoring Ms. Bisesar’s reports of drugging and sexual abuse, as well as theft of writings, and suppression of mail and phone calls, made in court last week?

It is to be hoped here too that her claims will be taken seriously, and that prisoner rights and women’s rights activists in Canada will step forward to advocate on Ms. Bisesar’s behalf.

“Imprisonment of course limits liberty and places certain restrictions on freedom of association, expression and assembly, but it does not mean total deprivation or absolute forfeiture of rights. Prisoners maintain the right to be treated with legality, dignity and respect. They have the right to safety and security of the person, the right to be treated humanely and be free from torture, degrading or inhuman punishment. It is important that our correctional authorities be held to account to ensure rights and liberties are minimally impaired. Correctional practices, like the democracies behind them, require transparency and accountability.” – Notes for an Address, Howard Sapers, Correctional Investigator of Canada, Respecting Rights in Canadian Prisons: An Ombudsman’s Perspective

As noted earlier, mind control activists from around the world suggest that this could be a paradigm-breaking case, where for the first time the true criminals—possibly the military and Intelligence scientists irresponsibly running these experiments on innocent victims—are held to book, rather than the non-consenting victim of such invasive and pernicious neuro-technologies.

Once more, concerned citizens and neuroscientists with conscience are asked to step forward to offer help and expertise in the further development of Ms. Bisesar’s defense, and indeed in the defense of all humanity from the current and unhappily ongoing scenario of non-consensual neuro-experimentation, worldwide.

Update Based on Court Proceedings Today–2/13/2017–from Mr. Byer:

Mr. Byer, who attended court proceedings this morning in Toronto, reports excellent news, that the judge re-stated Ms. Bisesar’s claims of being implanted with a device and suggested a scanning of her brain. While Ms. Bisesar took issue briefly with the judge’s wording, she apparently agreed with the judge that the implanted device was affecting her emotions.

Ms. Bisesar now has a new lawyer, and was cautioned by the judge against continually changing lawyers. Ms. Bisesar mentioned that she has a positive impression of this lawyer, and wished to return in a week with the new lawyer. It was noted that Legal Aid may not approve of the new lawyer. Mr. Connally, the recently fired attorney, stated that he wished to no longer continue with the case, which was confirmed by the judge. The date of March 1st was set for the next appearance with the new lawyer.

In addition to the brain scan ordered by the judge, a new mental health assessment was also suggested by the judge as ordered by the court. The Crown however, who had been expected to order a mental health assessment, did not go through with this expected request, and did not wish to meet in the immediate future.

A Mr. Leroy was appointed by the judge to present results of the scans and mental health assessment. A representative from Vanier Center for Women is expected to be present at Ms. Bisesar’s next court appearance.

Much gratitude to Mr. Byer for this news update.

RELATED:

Hacking the Human Brain: The Next Domain of Warfare. Wired, 2012

Remote Behavioral Influence Technology Evidence by John J. McMurtrey, M. S., 2003

Air Force Wants Neuroweapons to Overwhelm Enemy Minds, Wired, 2010

Brain Implant Victims, Psychic Dictatorship in the USA, by Alex Constantine, 1995

Implantable “Neural Dust” Enables Precise Wireless Recording of Nerve Activity, DARPA, 2016

Memorandum to President Donald J. Trump on Domestic US Torture Programs Running Under Cover of Surveillance

“We will seek friendship and goodwill with the nations of the world, but we do so with the understanding that it is the right of all nations to put their own interests first.

We do not seek to impose our way of life on anyone, but rather to let it shine as an example.

We will shine for everyone to follow.”

–President Donald J. Trump, Inauguration Day Address, 1/20/2017

donald-trump-inauguration-3a

Memorandum on Domestic US Torture Programs

Running Under Cover of Surveillance

Covert US Military/Intel/Justice Physical Mutilation of the Population

EMF Weapons, Neuro-Weapons, Bio-Terrorism, & Organized Stalking

Date: 25 January 2017

To President Donald J. Trump

Dear Mr. President,

We unite in asking you to act to terminate immediately the ongoing covert programs of Electronic Warfare and COINTELPRO-based domestic terrorism that are currently being run by the US Intelligence agencies, US Military, US Homeland Security, and their contractors in the name of Electronic “Surveillance” and National Security against the American population.

As you enter this office for the first week, it is possible the Deep State and unelected shadow government that apparently hovers behind all those elected to the government of the United States will present these covert programs to you as normative Intelligence and surveillance activity necessary for the preservation of National Security.

As Intelligence analysts, human rights activists, advocates, whistleblowers, writers, scientists, victims, and highly productive and accomplished members of society with varied science, arts, and humanities backgrounds in critical thinking, systems analysis, engineering, education, healthcare, law, and Intelligence, we are here to inform you otherwise: These are NOT normative Intelligence and Surveillance activities. Using the deadly weapons of Electronic Warfare, these are organized Terror programs, committing the most horrific crimes and human rights violations, causing grievous bodily harm to countless numbers of innocent citizens.

Surveiling and assaulting neither terrorists nor spies but the best and brightest, most productive, and most accomplished Americans, as well as whistle-blowers and activists, these programs seriously destabilize our civil society, are at risk of irreversibly degenerating the economic output of our country, and have already become our most shameful export abroad.

Situation On the Ground in Continental USA

Thanks to the trillions of dollars poured annually into Covert Operations funding, the carte blanche given to Intelligence and Military agencies, both pre- and post-911, and the convenience of classification and concealment of all manner of dubious activities as necessary for National Security, fraud, waste, and corruption at the highest levels of Government is now endemic. Corrupt factions in Intelligence agencies and in Military departments are now openly committing war crimes and crimes against humanity in acts of direct enmity against the American people.

  1. In the name of the War on Terror, a superior trafficking operation has been unleashed by the US Military, Department of Homeland Security, and the CIA on American citizens:

Current military and Intelligence directives (5240.1R, the NDAA, EO 12333, and the CIA’s AR 2-2) together permit the US military to detain citizens indefinitely, and to use those Americans “under surveillance” for experimentation purposes. This is used for an outright, public enslavement and torture of a large fraction of the US population.

The creation of Joint Targeting operations, Fusion Centers, Regional Information and Sharing Systems (RISS) programs with privatized Intelligence centers, as well as “Community Policing” and “Neighborhood Watch” initiatives have permitted a network of immoral and depraved operatives from Law Enforcement, the Intelligence agencies, and the military, using the guise of “national security” to conduct financially rewarding no-holds-barred human testing for the pharma, surveillance, and weapons industries, as well as to live out their personal sadism and depravity. It is a telling characteristic that the victims of these crimes are 70-80% women. The sex ratio is indicative of sexual violence and war crimes.

Meanwhile, an ever increasing army of civilian, quasi “Law Enforcement” personnel, sometimes taken from the dregs of society, is being trained, round the clock and used in set-up 24/7 operations, on those innocent Americans being targeted.

  1. In the name of the War on Terror, and masquerading as necessary Electronic Surveillance, condoned and orchestrated by US Homeland Security and the US Department of Justice, the most deadly weapons of Electronic Warfare are being routinely used on civilians under so-called surveillance inside their own homes including:
    • directed-energy and microwave weapons,
    • infrasonic and ultrasonic weapons,
    • military radar weapons,
    • neuro-weapons,
    • infections with biological or synthetic self-replicating nanotechnology agents (“smart dust”) that aid the readout of brain activity.

These are military weapons of war, designed to incapacitate, degrade, and destroy human organs, nerves, bodies, and brains; they are further being used inhumanely, in non-stop, 24/7 scenarios of attack.

In addition, CIA/DIA/DARPA/NSA agents also run covert interrogation exercises, mind control operations, and behavior modification programs (extensions of MK ULTRA and the original Nazi death-camp experiments) on their brains.

A vast apparatus of sophisticated stealth Electronic Warfare and Signals Intelligence equipment carried on planes, drones, helicopters, satellites, cell towers, ground-vehicles—and involving the complicity of all Intelligence agencies, such as the NRO, NGSA, and Federal agencies such as the FAA and NASA is being used for this purpose.

Those being hit with Electronic Warfare weapons are also being subjected daily to COINTELPRO actions or “Zersetzung”—organized stalking, crowding, mobbing, obstructing, brighting, flashing, noise harassment carried out by the FBI’s Infragard, as well as US Neighborhood Watch groups.

These are joint US Military and Intelligence programs of domestic torture, hidden under cover of biometric surveillance, physical surveillance, and electronic surveillance by a cynical and corrupt Homeland Security/Department of Justice mechanism, which has permitted the use of cover-story labels to conceal the use of violence on American citizens.

  1. In the name of the War on Terror, in 2017, American neighborhoods and communities have been transformed from calm, peaceful, and neighborly communities into predator vs. prey, i.e. divided holdouts of covert spying, snitching, Electronic Warfare, smear campaigns, and studied COINTELPRO attacks on neighbors, planned and coordinated through federal government-sponsored intelligence, information and command centers at the national and local levels, such as the Regional Information Sharing System (RISS), the U.S. Department of Justice, and the network of Fusion Centers.

At core of these attacks are the innocent Americans being wrongfully targeted and defamed as extremists, terrorists, spies, enemy combatants: often the most upright in communities, people of conscience and community spirit, integrity and accomplishment, entrepreneurship and creativity, innocence and impeccable character, people targeted not for their potential for criminality but for their innate power as attractors and disseminators of positive community influence.

The coterie of criminals from inside the FBI/DHS/CIA/NSA and local Law Enforcement and RISS centers involved in these programs openly lie in neighborhoods to name these innocents terrorists or spies, open investigations on innocents, start slander and defamation campaigns on innocents, and then corral whole communities into helping them surveil, spy, sabotage, and slander them, under threat of high fines and jail time.

By these means, whole lives are destroyed: employment is sabotaged, lies are circulated, and families are torn apart.

Neighbors become collaborators and complicit when they let Electronic Weapons operators freely enter their neighborhoods and homes, using their driveways and properties to install antennas and conduct tracking operations.

Collaborators are paid handsomely and bribed with home renovations, new cars, and tickets to luxury holidays and ball games. They are also trained in the operation of certain equipment, including cell phones to direct pulsed radiation attacks, which they now turn on their innocent neighbor.

This rewards and entrenches corrupt behavior in a manner that will utterly splinter and disintegrate our society for decades to come. Worst of all, this system of routine horrific abuses has developed a life of its own whereby ever more vindictive acts are committed and the perpetrators on the ground take free licence to do whatever they like at the expense of economically productive members in our society. Their excesses include electronic rape.

  1. Psychiatry has been roped in as political tool to subjugate those reporting these programs by naming them delusional, a verdict that Law Enforcement and CIA-controlled media then run with.

It must be stressed that the national silence on this issue as well as the distortions of reportage we see in mainstream-media mention of “Targeted Individuals” who report abusive surveillance programs is directly related to the vampiric control of major media that the CIA exerts, and their deliberate promotion of deception in coverage, in order to keep these violent, mutilatory programs of Electronic Weapon use on citizens clandestine and concealed.

Corruption at the levels of Law Enforcement and the Department of Justice, and the use of weaponized psychiatry combined with indiscriminate smears and slander of the victims has prevented the situation from being remedied.

A Public Scandal Of International Proportions

This has now become a proliferating and self-perpetuating industry of premeditated, systematic mutilation of some of the most productive members of our society.

By getting rid of people of conscience and integrity, whistleblowers, and activists in communities—through these extreme means of public torture and humiliation—it appears that the covert operators in Intelligence and military agencies running these programs seek more and more to create docile, deceitful, and pliable populations, people who will believe the official lie, people who will turn on their own friends and neighbors, people who will assist in stoning the innocent to death.

The extent and sadism of these deliberate bodily and brain assaults—which essentially involve the use of military weapons of war on peaceful, non-combatant, unarmed civilians, peacefully residing in their own country–amount to crimes against humanity being perpetrated against the American people.

And sadly, these Nazi death-camp programs of torture have become USA’s most prominent export along with our bombs, missiles, and drones.

To the disgrace of all Law-Enforcement, victims have been pleading for support publicly on social media for years. By now, the situation has gone beyond a disgrace and has become a public scandal of international proportions that is threatening the stability of our societies. Without a doubt, this problem is destroying the best and brightest in our nation and will inevitably affect the economic and creative capabilities of the US. This already sets us back in the race with other nations and seriously exposes the US to the danger of a hostile takeover.

Silent Holocaust Taking Place Inside the US

Please see attached here:

1) The Executive Summary: Neuropsychological and Electronic No-Touch Torture Report (Based on “The Torture Memos” and the Senate Intelligence Committee’s Declassified “Torture Report”) By Robert Duncan, A.B., S.M., M.B.A., Ph.D.

2) NSA whistleblower Karen Stewart’s succinct summation of what has happened to America today:

Under former President Bush and now continued under President Obama, what apparently started decades ago as illegal and clandestine programs of experiments on human subjects, such as the CIA’s MK ULTRA, has resulted in the proliferation of Defense Contractors such as Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, General Dynamics, and others, making secret agreements with Federal agencies such as DOD, DIA, NSA, DHS, etc., to allow them and related laboratories and universities to expand inhumane experimentation programs such as illegal experiments for Directed Energy Weapons on unwitting and non-consenting American citizens.

The scam goes like this, random people, or people who are dissidents or whistleblowers are purposely mislabeled as “terrorists” and put on an Enemies List, which is then turned over to Defense Contractors to target under perverted interpretations of NDAA and PAA.

This allows them to engage the Military and Law Enforcement in either the active harassment and torture of individuals illegally targeted for fraudulent cause, or it gives the Defense Contractors carte blanche to commit criminal assault upon innocent citizens while demanding (unconstitutionally) that Police stand down and do nothing to help their victims.

Please read the full statement here.

Please Act Now To Stop These Crimes Against Humanity in the USA and Worldwide

To stop these crimes against humanity we, the undersigned, request that you immediately:

  • Stop all of these surveillance, testing, and experimentation programs.
  • Stop and revoke all mandates permitting the US military to test weapons on citizens.
  • Repeal and revoke all civil and military directives which permit non-consensual experimentation on Americans.
  • Call out the National Guard to confiscate all portable EMF-weapons and radar/sonic/scalar surveillance devices, and haul off to prison anyone – including Feds, law enforcement, etc., found with them as they violate many many sections of 18 USC in regard to weapons of mass destruction.
  • Freeze all programs of surveillance being run by any and every agency in the DOJ and Homeland Security apparatus.
  • Force the open publication of the list of names of all people who have been targeted with organized stalking, EMF and neuroweapons by agencies at the federal, state, and local level for the past thirty years.
  • Compel disclosure of the medical parameters of these classified, covert, special access surveillance and torture programs from all Universities and research institutions, all Defense and Intelligence contractors, departments, and agencies.
  • Compel disclosure to each victim of his/her file containing what experiments have been conducted, what has been injected or implanted, what nanotechnology has been administered, and provide immediate, fully-compensated medical help in scanning/implant removal, radiation-damage treatment, & taking other medical/health measures against the long-term consequences of these crimes.
  • Fully re-imburse to victims all medical costs and family funeral expenses sustained during the course of these torture programs, and plan to provide continuous compensation for all victims’ health expenses until death.
  • Cut funding for all surveillance programs currently being run on named American citizens.
  • Cut all covert operations funding for any and every agency, in particular the CIA.
  • Compel mainstream media to fully and openly detail these programs of torture on citizens.
  • Root out all personnel employed in these programs, starting from the top.
  • Set in motion a Congressional investigation, to fully uncover and disclose details of these programs.
  • Dismantle all agencies and military groups whose record shows shameless participation in these crimes against humanity.
  • Work closely with your counterparts and with agencies abroad to ensure the same results of restoration of human rights and freedoms, worldwide.

These crimes against humanity need to be stopped if the United States of America wants to retain its national resilience and keep the goodwill of its partners worldwide.

You have an opportunity today to set right many historic wrongs. Much is made of America’s history of slavery. Yet this reality on the ground today shows us, that with the stealth weapons of Electronic Warfare and Neurowarfare, slavery has entered a new phase.

You have said:

There should be no fear — we are protected, and we will always be protected.

We will be protected by the great men and women of our military and law enforcement and, most importantly, we are protected by God.

…We will make America safe again.”

–President Donald J. Trump, Inauguration Day Address, 1/20/2017

But there are NO laws on the books today in the USA—land of the free and home of the brave—to prevent non-consensual experimentation on humans. Americans today are enslaved and are exporting this medieval travesty into every corner of the world.

Your children and grandchildren are just as much at risk as ours.

Please act today to put an end to these horrific, shameful crimes against humanity which are tearing apart our society.

Sincerely,

Ramola D, USA
Author, Journalist, Activist

Karen Melton Stewart, USA
NSA Intelligence Analyst, Ret.

Dr. Katherine Horton, Germany
Particle Physicist, Systems Analyst

Ricardo Camilo López, USA
Theoretical Physicist, Math & Science Teacher, Semiotician

Paul Baird, BEc. LLB, Australia
Human Rights Advocate

Eyerly Felder, USA
Human Rights Activist, Foster Parent, Podcast Host and Journalist

Rosanne Marie Schneider, USA
Author of “Surveillance, Torture and Control in the Modern World”
Former Artist, Animal Rescuer, and International Business Owner | Now Victim

Regis Burke, MSW, USA

Leo E. Garcia, USA

Teresa Bender, R.N., ASN, Harrisburg, PA, USA
Graduated Magna Cum Laude. Phi Theta Kappa member.
Service connected disabled veteran of USAF, 1989-1993.
Honorably discharged. Served during First Gulf War.
Interviewed by news media in West Virginia. Video on YouTube link: “Adult Bullying, West Virginians speak out”. Also participated in Targeted Individual awareness video titled “Targeted Individuals, A Plea for Help”, filmed in NJ in 2014.

Robert I. Walker, USA
Human Rights Activist, Vietnam Veteran, Christian

Seth Farber, Ph.D., USA
Author, Psychologist

Gregory A Mann, USA
Former Marine, Retired Dept. Of Defense
Combined service 27 years.Whistleblower.

Margaret Zawodniak, RN, BSN, USA

Amy L, USA
Licensed Massage Therapist

Joseph Quevedo, B.S. International Business, USA
Certified Logistics Technician

Mariana Maritato M.S., CCC-SLP, C-PESL, HC, Poland

Herman Winston, USA
US Army Veteran, Ex-Police Officer, Mechanic

Dr. Millicent Black, MACM, MMFT, USA
Refuge From the Storm Church, Columbia, TN
Pastor, Activist, Researcher

Tracy A. Wellons, USA
Biomedical Research Scientist

Kenneth Peartree, USA
Senior Master Sergeant, US Air Force (Ret.)

Virginia Sealey, USA
Louisiana State University graduate, Health and Physical Education.
Commercial Real Estate Broker (Ret.)

Captain Gary W. Kassbaum M.M., Canada
Senior Regional Investigator – Marine, Transportation Safety Board

Alec Devere Rafter, NYU Graduate, B.F.A., USA
Actor, Writer, Musician

Ben Colodzin Ph.D., California, USA
H-SCADA profiler (Human-Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition Systems) for targeted victims

Paul Grigun, USA

Thomas A. Dickey, USA
U.S. Army, Retired

Mr. Robert Vincent Leaf, USA
HVAC Technician, App.

Mike Patrick, USA

Mandi (Deedee) Durrence, USA
Self-Employed, Construction, Farming

Barbara Hyseni, USA
Sergeant in the US Air Force
Christian Ordained Minister

Geri Kemp, BS in Business/Finance, MPA, USA
Certified Business Official, Educational Facilities Planning,
School Business Management (Ret.)
National Youth Equestrian Program Organizer

Denise S. Pompl, USA

Donna Stanley, USA
Mother, daughter, grandmother, friend, American, Retired Corrections Officer

Lori Tolbert-Carroll, USA

Charmaine Thomas, USA

Guy Potter, USA
35-year victim

Ms. Maura Sheehan, RN, BSN

Rochelle Jones, USA
Ordained Minister, CA

Juanita Hardnett, GA, USA

Sherri M Guarnieri, USA

Edith Diane Schutza, TX, USA

Michele Kimbrough, USA
Retired, Department of Corrections

Kola Boof
Award-Winning Novelist and Television Writer

Bonnie Hunt, USA
Retired Comm. College Instructor, College Lecturer,
and HS Teacher, MBA, MS, CPA (Inactive)

Jeaneine M. Heaney, USA
Christian

Arlene Johnson BA, MLS, USA
Publisher/Author | http://www.truedemocracy.net

Cathy L. Wright, M.S., CCC-SLP, USA
B.A. in English, B.S. in Communication Sciences and Disorders,
M.S. in Communication Disorders.
Speech-Language Pathologist. Whistleblower.

Angela Farrell, USA
BS, Psychology, BSW from West Virginia University.
National Sales Award 2005, 2008. Pharmaceutical representative.
Currently: Yoga , aerobic and Silver Sneaker instructor YMCA.
Health and wellness instructor.

Mrs. Sherri A. Marquis, AA Business, BA Legal Studies, MS Mgmt, RI, USA
U.S. Navy Journalist – 12.5 years, honorably discharged with service-connected disability.
Dept.of Defense (Navy, Army, Marine Corps) Contract Specialist/Contracting Officer, GS-13, 8 years, WHISTLEBLOWER
Lockheed Martin Enterprise Information Systems (Orlando) and Missiles and Fire Control (Orlando) Intellectual Property Paralegal and Contracting Officer
Currently: unemployed, blacklisted, isolated, tortured and psychologically injured

Leila M S Gutowski, RN BS, BSN, VA, USA

Cheryl Weinrich, VA, USA
Former employee of SAIC, Inc., Employed from 2000 to 2010.
Contracted out 2009-’10 as a Document Control Specialist and Courier with the Missile Defense Agency.
Former student at Northern Virginia Community College, Annandale and Alexandria, VA, 1982 to 2000: Travel and Tourism, Psychology and Information Technology.

Lorenzetta Whitfield, USA
Lillian Whitfield, USA
Tanya Whitfield, USA
(Sisters targeted since May 2013)

John Thomas Christiana, USA
BS Degree CSULB; MS Degree, Kaplan Univ, 4.0; Law Student, 2L
Everest Summiter | Human Rights Advocate
Targeted Individual Victim | Federal Lawsuit Plaintiff

John Leon Anderson, CT, USA
13-year victim

Nina Elhawary Duvall, USA
Drug Alcohol Tech | Working with Ms. Massie Munroe on her campaign and book.

Mark Mandigo, USA

Muguet Burgos, CCNY, USA
Photographer

Innocentia Merchant, UK

Jessica Charpentier, MA, USA

Charles Pak, USA
Disabled Iraq Veteran 2004-2008
Tortured victim of remote technology 2007-current

Dominic Friscia, USA

Alicia Ogburn, and children, PA, USA

Amy Anderson, CA
Human Rights Activist

Constance Hannah Rose, Pacifica, CA
Artist, Author (The Joy Thieves)
Creative Director and Entrepreneur

Edward L. Spencer, MD
Neurology Retired, Researcher, Author

Dianne Renee Chandler
B.B.A. Business Administration
M.S.S. Strategic Studies, U.S. Army War College
M.S. Acquisition and Contract Management
LTC , USAR retired Veteran 28 years Service tortured victim since 2012 after filing an EEO complaint Dianne Chandler vs. Secretary of the Army John M. McHugh

Kathleen Haston, BA Psychology, USA

William Brock, Boston, MA, USA

Patrick Cleary, USA
B.S. Communication Arts from Cornell University, 1991.
Disabled teacher, social worker, and activist.

Harold Hubbard, disabled, USA

Marina Ragsdale, USA
Crew member at McDonald’s | Victim

Jeannette Eileen Fess, USA
Former Realtor | Victim

Takele Erko, Ethiopia
BSc. Chemistry | TI for 6 years

Dr. Helen Tsigounis, Australia
Author of “The Red Back Web”: http://docdro.id/dOiUm27
Targeted 20 years.

Caroline Coon, Tiburon, CA
Owner of store “Little Black Dress”

Marina Abramycheva, NY, USA

Agnieszka Kubicka, USA
26 years old | Student, Restaurant Worker

Tiffany Fusini, BA in Sociology and Gender Studies
Neuro-Behavioral Specialist

Mečislav Chorzempa, Computer Programmer, Czech Republic

Judith Greschus, Detmold-Germany
Acknowledged politically persecuted person of the GDR regime(certificate “C”)

Elke Malone, Germany
55 years, Educator

Thomas Steinke, USA
Independent Contractor
OTR Truck Driver

Andrew Furey, PA, USA

Terrance Bass, USA
Retired Musician and Marketing Professional

Geoffrey Beattie, N.I., UK

Ricki Leggett, USA
Victim for 15 years.

Stanley Heavrin, Louisville, KY, USA

Debra Matheny, Hibbing, Minnesota, USA
Anti Public Corruption Activist, Investigative Blogger, 3 generations of targets. My daughter and granddaughter, murdered.

Mr. Adair Rutherford Buckner, I.

Edgard Rene Romero Cruz
Creative genius, Artist, Mind Slave.

Dagmar Palmerova, Prague, Czech Republic
Degree in Economics

Beth Ruegg, USA
Targeted victim for decades

Paul Lucas, BSBA, Finance and Accounting, USA
Senior Accountant/Analyst for International Corporation

Nathan Entrekin, USA
Graphics/Media Artist, LDS church member

Laura Entrekin, USA
CNA Manager, LDS church member

Mr. Tobin Dresser, Bend, Oregon, USA
Freelance Writer

Andrea McCoy, BA, USA

Patricia Angulo, USA
Intake Clinical Coordinator, Personal Trainer, Aunt, Case Manager

Gülay Daricili (female), Germany
Certified Interpreter and Lecturer

Lisa R. Becker, Milwaukee, WI
BS, Human Environment & Design, graduated with honors in 1989.
Under surveillance since college, tortured with electronic surveillance since 2007.

Toshiko Namiki, Japan

Dolly Guenthner, USA
Whistleblower on the City of Elizabethtown, KY municipality and the KY Retirement System.
Terminated employee from the City of Elizabethtown, after 20+ years

Alan J. Bellina, USA
Amy L. Bellina, USA

Mary Fehr, New Mexico, USA
Retired journeyman CNC machinist
TI 2 years +
Catapulted into surveillance program by Ohio Neighborhood Watch

Darleen Palmeira, Kapaa, Hawaii
Targeted since 2015

Helmut Michael, Germany
I support the memorandum.
As to our personal experience:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oMqWfh7TZhI

Stephen O Neill, Sligo, Ireland
Targeted since 2005

Susan C., USA
Associate Underwriter

Ursula J. Barboza, USA
Juris Doctor (1995), M.A. Library and Information Science (2008)

Heide Klebsattel, Gutach/Germany
Designer
TI since 2010

Benjamin Miller, Jersey City, New Jersey, USA

Robert Stephen Spicer, USA
1-year aware TI

Michael McKay
B.S./B.A. UC Davis International Relations/Japanese
M.S. SFSU Physics

Pamela Haluck, Scottsdale, Arizona, USA

Linda L. Jensen (Maiden name, Christopherson/first marriage, Vegoe)
Musician, poet, educator of young people, legal and medical secretary, missionary, mother, grandmother, gardener.
Also an author, and activist for the rights of individuals for justice, “life, liberty and pursuit of happiness” in accordance with the Declaration of Independence of the United States of America.

Oskar Svärd, Master’s in Political Science, Sweden

Gabriele Plank, Munich, Germany
65 years old, Teacher, German Gymnasium

Mr. Christian Pfeifer, Luckenwalde, Germany

James F. Lico, USA
BS, Computer Science, Associate’s Degrees in Biology, Electronic Engineering
Retired Software Support Specialist, Systems Administrator
Targeted since 2010

Donna Wilkinson, USA
Retired

Chloe V. Rose, USA
Service connected 90% disabled Gulf War veteran, USN.
Honorably discharged 1980-1991.

Kathryn Sorensen USA
Retired Financial Management
Recovery Agent

Martina Pearce, Sales Manager

Leonard Loch, Hamburg, Germany.
Merchant, Graduate in Business Administration.
Targeted since 2003.

Kimberly Buckner, USA
Researcher, Whistleblower, Human Rights Advocate

Connie Hicks, USA

Marcus George Hopkins, NM & MN, USA
Ba.Sc. Wildlife Science
Heavily targeted for 6 years by group of technologically advanced, vicious criminals, including a corrupt NSA, FBI and Private Investigator Employee(s)

Steve Granite, USA
General labor
30-year victim

Bennetta McKenzie, IL, USA
AUTISM MOM – Bachelors in Accounting, MBA, CPA
Targeted 14 years

J. McKenzie, IL, USA
Autistic college student, Mathematics major

Clint McLean, MS, Computer Science (distinction), South Africa

Marie-Luise von Neuberg, Karlsruhe,Germany

Detlef Müller, Minden, Germany
TI for more than 30 years

(An updated version of this memo, on an ongoing basis, will be maintained on this page at The Everyday Concerned Citizen. Please send an email anytime to ramolad@hushmail.com if you wish to sign this memo. Please share this information — which is being suppressed by corporate, mainstream, CIA-controlled media — widely. Stand up for America today, and for all of humanity worldwide, add your name, and inform others. These crimes Must be publicized the world over, and publicly addressed. )

Intel Agency Crimes: False Flags, Lies, Media Control, & Mind Control Psy Ops

Ramola D/1/13/2017

By definition, intelligence agents are liars. Alex Constantine

While analysts of previous false flag events and manufactured terrorism rally online this week to share analysis and commentary on the recent creation-of-chaos-and-terror shooting event on January 6 at Fort Lauderdale Airport in Florida, and while oddly McCarthyist frenzy mounts in mainstream CIA-controlled media to blame Russia for the hacked DNC and Clinton/Podesta emails released by Wikileaks–blowing the cover on a worldwide child trafficking operation now named Pedogate (a huge subject to be considered here separately shortly), reminders that we are surrounded by criminal Lies and Liars in high places surface all around us.

Luckily for the awakened and aware among us, there are several commentators speaking out, and as we step further into 2017, it seems like the holy water of Truth on all sides can no longer be held back, will no longer be held back, and will spill, despite manic attempts at “Leak Control” by those–in government, and particularly in the global and national Intelligence Community–who have been and seem to believe that they can continue to suppress, oppress, tyrannize, and endlessly deceive us. But not for much longer–if these avalanches of truth have anything to do with it.

“The Whole System Runs on Lies”

William Binney, NSA whistleblower and truthteller extraordinaire informs Robert Scheer, Editor in Chief at Truthdig, in this video conversation, that the recent Intelligence report promoted by ODNI/NSA/CIA/Military heads (caught out previously in lies), Clapper, Brennan, Comey, Rogers  where allegations of Russian involvement are made “with high confidence” really suggests that “they don’t have a shred of evidence.” 

“They say, “with high confidence”–now that’s the first clue that they don’t have a shred of evidence that it’s true. Because if they claim some confidence level, that means they don’t have the evidence…unless they present it so you can look at it and say, is this beyond a reasonable understanding or point that would allow you to say, yeah, they probably did it..?…The point that I’ve been trying to make, on television and so on is, NSA should have a record. If it was a hack coming in across the network, NSA’s got a record of it. And if they transferred data out, and then transferred that data across electronically to Wikileaks, then they should have a record of that also.

Because they have so many collection points–they have tens of thousands of access points in the network that collect and sort data….They’ve deployed hundreds of trace route programs in the European area, that means they can trace the route of every packet that’s sent across the network–billions of them everyday. So the point is they should at least have a fragment–they might  not show every packet that went to Wikileaks from the Russians but they should have some of them…

The real issue is, who passed the data to Wikileaks? It’s not how many people tried to hack the DNC, because every country in the world tries to hack everything that’s available in the US–China, Israel, everybody! And we hack everybody else too–so hacking is done worldwide by everybody. That’s not the issue. The issue is, who passed the data to Wikileaks?…And so far, no one has produced a shred of evidence to show that anyone who has attempted that, which would probably be the major countries in the world, hacked the DNC and any other…Hillary, as Secretary of State, was a prime target for all governments around the world, so you know they were trying to get to her–so it’s not a question of who’s hacking who, because everybody’s hacking everybody! The question is, who passed the data to Wikileaks?” –William Binney

In other words, this most respected former NSA Technical Director and crack mathematician and cryptographer at the NSA is informing us there is no way a Russian hack and leak could Not have been picked up by routine NSA telecommunication protocols, in some material form, in some very concrete and definitive ways, had there really been one. To spell it out: the whole thing’s a lie. The allegation a lie, the “high degree of confidence” a lie, the earnest demeanor a lie, the joint Intelligence community leadership stance before the Senate Intelligence Committee a lie.

clapper.png“They’re always trying to divert attention from the main issue, the central core issues, the government’s always trying to do that–it’s like the Wizard of Oz, we’re not supposed to pay attention to the man behind the curtain–and that’s really the theme here, always being diverted to something that’s not relevant.”–William Binney

In response to Mr. Scheer’s noting that NSA would probably bring up “the compromising of methods and sources of gathering intelligence” (also a favorite CIA excuse) as an excuse for not providing detailed evidence, Mr. Binney goes on to say:

“Methods and sources are already compromised, they’re already on the Web. All you have to do is Google things like NSA and Treasure Map or NSA and any of the muscular programs–the Bull Run program or the internal tapping programs; you’ll see a lot of them referenced there though–Fair View, Storm Brew, Blarney; that gets involving all the companies in the US–service providers for the Internet, the phone companies, all–30 of them total, according to the Blarney slides–are participating with them, sharing all this data and information with NSA–so, you know, the data has already been out there…we’ve spent tens of billions of dollars every year to pick this data up.”–William Binney

Most revealing beyond that, for all of us interested in truth, transparency, and accountability in government, is the succeeding exchange, where Mr. Scheer emphasizes the aspect of Mr. Binney making these statements  with “their terminology–with high confidence, as somebody who was inside the system,” an insider who has worked at the NSA, and Mr. Binney responds:

binney“I mean, I know they lie to each other internally too–the whole system runs on Lies.”

“What do you mean, they lie to each other?”

“Yes. They lie to each other, in terms of what–why they want something done, or what they’re doing with certain money, internally; they move money around from program to program–and they don’t tell each other, they just take it, you know–and they lie to Congress all the time, they would have meetings before they talk to Congress saying, “What’s our story, our corporate position here?” So they would tell their corporate position. This is within the NSA.

This is what I call: Oversight is a joke.

Because the only thing they get fed is data they agree to tell them. They don’t tell them the truth. So, they’re lying to everybody. Why, they lie to Congress, they lie to the public, it’s a continuation of that foundation of lying.” –William Binney

Deception has been “Legalized”: False Flags and Mass Shootings

Deception is a way of LIEfe for the Intelligence Community, we are reminded, and deception of the American citizenry is increasingly encouraged at the national level by sweeping, unstopped, bogus Executive Orders and military Authorization Acts which permit military Psy Ops and social science Psy Ops to be freely run for “Behavioral Insights” on civilian populations. Which would include “weaponizing the narrative” or strewing propaganda — aka Fake News — like confetti over the heads of television-watchers and news-readers, in an astonishing inversion of normalcy that Professor Michel Chossudovsky takes apart in this article at Global Research: The War against the Truth, When the Lie Becomes the Truth. Is Obama Preparing War Against Russia?

At the end of Obama’s presidency, Fiction has become Fact. 

A world of fantasy permeates the mainstream media.  

The Lie has become the Truth.

“Fake News” has become “Real News”. 

And “Real News” by the independent online media is now tagged as Russian propaganda. 

What we are dealing with is a War against the Truth. 

Concepts are turned upside down. 

Political insanity prevails. We are at a dangerous crossroads in our history  The dangers of global warfare are routinely obfuscated by media disinformation.”–Professor Michel Chossudovsky

Because deception is being “legalized” by Executive Order and by the NDAA, the Intelligence Community perhaps believes it is acceptable to run an endless series of deadly Psy Ops which include Active Shooter drills and enacted acts of terror which double ultimately as real terror productions, since communities and populations are indeed being terrorized.

This video blogger and Fort Lauderdale airport employee who handed in her resignation immediately following the airport shooting on the basis of her understanding that the entire shooting was a set-up, a false flag, an acted-out farce, but one with real repercussions of terror and endangerment on airport grounds, and Ole Dammegard, well-known investigator/reporter of false flags, interviewed by SGT Report, both highlight the essential role played by Intelligence agencies in this latest shooting, and in others.

Ole Dammegard, exploring both the Berlin truck attack and others, points to Freemason symbolism evident at the sites of these false flags, and states that those responsible for the creation and execution of these false flags are Intelligence agencies from a certain group of countries working together: the CIA, the Mossad, MI6, the French Intel group, and Saudi Arabian Intel.

In various interviews and analyses on Youtube and on his website, Ole Dammegard offers insights into the totalitarian, building-police-state rationale behind these apparently set-up and Psy Op-running events by this far-from-benign coterie of joint American, European, Israeli, and Saudi Arabian intelligence agencies.

Other analysts taking apart the Fort Lauderdale shooting include Dahboo7 of Underground World News, who posted a video of a witness reporting multiple shooters, and Shepard Ambellas of Intellihub who published an article highlighting the witness account of a pilot who reported shootings at two terminals, not one, as reported in mainstream media.

Taking apart the crisis-actor, staged-response scenario as evident in news interviews shortly following the incident also is Zachary Hubbard, who is writing a book on false flags. Youtube has several independent analysts working on this, as this playlist shows.

Many of us understand today that these horrific events, purporting to stem from ISIS-inspired terrorists, that appear to have escalated post-9/11, are being inflicted on us with criminal intent to deceive—all in the interests of further stripping us of our basic human rights and natural freedoms, and of bolstering, expanding, and entrenching the Security state, the Surveillance state, the Secret-Police’d state. The language of “paranoid conspiracy theory” long foisted on us by a fully-controlled corporate media seeking to deceive no longer works on the awakened. To be able to see through the deception is an act of clarity, not paranoia.

Operation Mockingbird & Controlled Media (Suppressing Media, Deceiving Media, Lying Media)

Which brings us to this ever-present question of Operation Mockingbird and its continuance in our midst. Beyond the recorded ’50s-and-upward history of CIA-control of the media as explored by investigative journalists and researchers such as Carl Bernstein in ’77 and Alex Constantine in ’97, we are still looking today, in 2017, at a landscape of Intel-run media.

“Further investigation into the matter, CIA officials say, would inevitably reveal a series of embarrassing relationships in the 1950s and 1960s with some of the most powerful organizations and individuals in American journalism.

Among the executives who lent their cooperation to the Agency were William Paley of the Columbia Broadcasting System, Henry Luce of Time Inc., Arthur Hays Sulzberger of the New York Times, Barry Bingham Sr. of the LouisviIle Courier‑Journal, and James Copley of the Copley News Service. Other organizations which cooperated with the CIA include the American Broadcasting Company, the National Broadcasting Company, the Associated Press, United Press International, Reuters, Hearst Newspapers, Scripps‑Howard, Newsweek magazine, the Mutual Broadcasting System, the Miami Herald and the old Saturday Evening Post and New York Herald‑Tribune.

By far the most valuable of these associations, according to CIA officials, have been with the New York Times, CBS and Time Inc.” —Carl Bernstein, The CIA and the Media/Rolling Stone, 1977

“In 1977, the New York Times ran a front-page story, detailing a worldwide propaganda effort, with direct CIA ownership of some 50 newspapers in the US and elsewhere. In 1977, the Copely News Service admitted to working closely with the Company—23 employees at Copely alone were full-time employees of the agency….One CIA despatch, dated April 1, 1967, declassified nine years later under FOIA, advised “assets” in the media on “Countering Criticism of the Warren Report.” Features and book reviews “are particularly appropriate for this purpose,” the CIA despatch observed….The CIA’s mouthpieces in the press were directed to emphasize: “No significant new evidence has emerged,” “there is no agreement among critics,” or the ever-popular, “Conspiracy on the large scale suggested would be impossible to conceal”. –Alex Constantine, p 42, Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

Many of us understand today that The Washington Post, The New York Times, CNN, are compromised operations. How about NPR, Democracy Now, PBS, the Chicago Tribune, the Boston Globe, the Los Angeles Times, the Guardian? Is it possible that all mainstream media is compromised? Many researchers point in that direction. These analyses and articles spell it out for us.

Amazon, ‘The Washington Post’, and that $600 million CIA Contract/Greg Mitchell, The Nation

The CIA, Amazon, Bezos, and the Washington Post: An Exchange with Executive Editor Martin Baron/Norman Solomon, Common Dreams

CIA and the Media: 50 Things You Should Know/James Tracy, The Event Chronicle

Excerpt: 45. Former CIA case officer Robert David Steele states that CIA manipulation of news media is “worse” in the 2010s than in the late 1970s when Bernstein wrote “The CIA and the Media.” “The sad thing is that the CIA is very able to manipulate [the media]and it has financial arrangements with media, with Congress, with all others. But the other half of that coin is that the media is lazy.” James Tracy interview with Robert David Steele, August 2, 2014,

FACEBOOK: A CIA-controlled Social Network Run By A Boy Tyrant/State of the Nation

The CIA and the News Media, an Eyeopener Preview/The Corbett Report

Systematic ‘Fake News’ Planted by Britain’s Intelligence Services

These Six Corporations Control 90% of the Media in America/Ashley Lutz, Business Insider, 2012

False Flag Terror and Conspiracies of Silence/James Tracy/Global Research

Propaganda and Disinformation: How the CIA Manufactures History/Victor Marchetti

Additionally, as explored by various journalists (to be further explored here), including Nick Turse in The Complex: How the Military Invades Our Everyday Lives,  and James Der Derian in Virtuous War: Mapping the Military-Industrial-Media-Entertainment Network, there are Defense connections with media, with grant money and funding provided, including to public media such as PBS.

Given these facts, to what extent, really, can any of us believe anything that is published by these newspapers or broadcast on these networks? They’ve been “authorized” by the President and the NDAA and the CIA after all to spread Government propaganda (a.k.a Lies) like apple butter all over the place. Orwell’s Ministry of Truth is not really a new arrival, it’s been here all along apparently.

The Mind Control Psy Op and the CIA/DOD/NSA’s Interest in Denial of Contemporary Mind Control Experimentation

There are two Psy Ops in play here: the False Flag Psy Op—as explored above, and the Mind Control Psy Op.

What we’re being asked to believe, by the tenor of mainstream media coverage of Esteban Santiago, the supposed lone Fort Lauderdale shooter, as a sadly delusional, mentally-ill Army veteran given to hallucinations and sudden behavioral changes, possible victim of PTSD, who pulls out a gun to randomly shoot to kill in a public place, is that Mind Control experimentation and operations run by the CIA—which he purportedly reported, as personal experience—do not exist, could not exist, cannot be imagined to exist, and should, rightfully and rationally, only be ridiculed as impossible and implausible by the rest of us. The conditioned response we’re being led to espouse is that of the reasoning, science-minded skeptic: Mind Control by the CIA? Of course that’s a delusion. Off to the psychiatrist with his head!

Except: Every literate American—and citizen, worldwide–knows that Mind Control operations run by the CIA are not delusions.

Look up MK ULTRA—which became MK SEARCH, or look up PROJECT ARTICHOKE, PROJECT BLUEBIRD, MK DELTA. Read researcher John Marks’ book, The Search for a Manchurian Candidate, which expertly condenses hundreds of pages unearthed in the mid-70’s by the Rockefeller Commission along with interviews and other documentation into a few succinct chapters tracing the horrors of CIA Mind Control and Behavioral Control Experimentation run by psychopathic CIA doctors and crazed University academics (with then-CIA-head Richard Helms at the helm of this nefarious enterprise) in the deadly, unethical, and extreme use of toxic drugs, hallucinogens, electroshock, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, electromagnetic radiation attacks and other abuses, to create “the perfect agent” capable of forgetting whatever infamy the no-limits-CIA wished him or her to commit.

This historic background to Mind Control, of course, can today be researched extensively online and in books. Several investigative reporters and researchers have published books and articles on this subject, including Dr. Colin Ross, Walter Bowart, and others.

“The testing of drugs by the CIA was just a part of the United States government’s top-secret mind-control project, a project which had spanned thirty-five years and had involved tens of thousands of individuals. It involved techniques of hypnosis, narco-hypnosis, electronic brain stimulation, behavioral effects of ultrasonic, microwave, and low-frequency sound, aversive and other behavior modification therapies. In fact, there was virtually no aspect of human behavioral control that was not explored in their search for the means to control the memory and will of both individuals and whole masses of people.

The CIA succeeded in developing a whole range of psycho-weapons to expand its already ominous psychological warfare arsenal. With these capabilities, it was now possible to wage a new kind of war—a war which would take place invisibly, upon the battlefield of the human mind. … [p. 19]”–Walter Bowart, Operation Mind Control/Mind Control and Ritual Abuse Information Service

“And, in 1974, the first victim of Parkinson’s disease treated by ESB walked gracefully out of a San Francisco hospital under his own power, thanks to portable ESB. He had a “stimoceiver” implanted in his brain … The “stimoceiver” which weighed only a few grams and was small enough to implant under his scalp, permitted both remote stimulation of his brain and the instantaneous telemetric recording of his brain waves. … [pp. 256-257]

And by the late 1960s, the “remote control” of the human brain—accomplished without the implantation of electrodes—was well on its way to being realized.

A research and development team at the Space and Biology Laboratory of the University of California at the Los Angeles Brain Research Institute found a way to stimulate the brain by creating an electrical field completely outside the head. Dr. W. Ross Adey stimulated the brain with electric pulse levels which were far below those thought to be effectual in the old implanting technique. … [p. 257]

In 1975 a primitive “mind reading machine” was tested at the Stanford Research Institute. The machine is a computer which can recognize a limited amount of words by monitoring a person’s silent thoughts. This technique relies upon the discovery that brain wave tracings taken with an electroencephalograph (EEG) show distinctive patterns that correlate with individual words—whether the words are spoken aloud or merely subvocalized (thought of).” –Walter Bowart, Operation Mind Control/Mind Control and Ritual Abuse Information Service

MK ULTRA did not stop, either, in 1974 (when illegal domestic activities by the CIA in the investigation of Americans were exposed by Seymour Hersh and the subsequent enquiry and Rockefeller Commission set off some internal truth-telling at the CIA from more ethical CIA heads like James Schlesinger and William Colby, with the result that, despite Helms’ dastardly actions in destroying the most important records, some information on MK ULTRA’s projects and subprojects has come down to us); as many researchers note, it went underground—or more deeply undercover. This had been set in motion already, in the mid-’60s.  In the words of intrepid researcher and reporter Alex Constantine, author of Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997):

“In the mid-1960s, the Langley spychologists feared exposure. Newspaper reporters had caught wind of Auschwitzean behavioral modification research funded by the government. Congress was asking questions. The thugs at Langley scratched their heads. It was only a matter of time before an inquisitive reporter exposed the rot of mind control.

The solution: CIA scientists bugged out of the laboratory. The experiments were moved into the community, hidden, like the flying saucers, in plain sight. Eccentric religious groups were organized or co-opted by intelligence operatives, including the People’s Temple, the Symbionese Liberation Army, Ordo Templis Otientis (OTO), Finders, Solar Temple, and the Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh Movement, among others.” –Alex Constantine, p 152, “Cult Abuse of Children and Mind Control Programming,” Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

Studies of MK ULTRA and mind control today falsely assume that the experiments stopped after Congressional exposure, asserts Constantine:

“Most studies of Mind Control focus on experiments conducted 20-40 years ago—as if the CIA abandoned mind machines because a few loose secrets tumbled out in Congressional testimony. The clandestine operations branches are in fact very interested in EM brain manipulation. A 30-year lag yawns between declassified projects and the most advanced technology known to the American proletariat.

Contemporary military cybernetics dwarfs Orwell’s most totalistic techno-fantasies.” –Alex Constantine, p 78,3 Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

“Following public outrage, the CIA announced it had ceased its mind manipulation programmes. Victor Marchetti, a CIA veteran of 14 years who turned ‘whistle-blower’, exposed this to be untrue.

In 1977, Marchetti said the CIA claims to have ceased were a cover story. Under scrutiny, the agency were quick to downplay the success of MK-ULTRA – claiming no real advances were achieved. Miles Copeland, another long-serving CIA officer disputed this. Speaking to a reporter, Copeland revealed that ‘the congressional subcommittee which went into this sort of thing only got the barest glimpse’. Another source within the intelligence community says that after 1963, CIA efforts increasingly focused on psychoelectronics. Narcohypnosis had been drained dry.” –Richard G. Gall, Mind Control and MK ULTRA

Contemporary Non-Consensual Neuro/Mind Control experimentation Is Not a Chimera

From the mid-70s to the present time, word of MK ULTRA’s continuance has come to us in a steady stream from victim testimonials, reported by non-corporate journalists and researchers. Mind Control experimentation appears to have splintered in many directions and continued.

One of those directions, deriving from advances made in programming the minds of putative agents with hypnosis, pursued the powers of radio hypnosis, or subliminal hypnosis fed remotely into human brains via radio frequencies.

In 1967 a writer named Lincoln Lawrence published a book … [Were We Controlled? presented] a sophisticated technique known as RHIC–EDOM … Radio Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control–Electronic Dissolution of Memory. …

“Under RHIC, a ‘sleeper’ can be used years later with no realization that the ‘sleeper’ is even being controlled! He can be made to perform acts that he will have no memory of ever having carried out. In a manipulated kind of kamikaze operation where the life of the ‘sleeper’ is dispensable, RHIC processing makes him particularly valuable because if he is detected and caught before he performs the act specified . . . nothing he says will implicate the group or government which processed and controlled him.” …

What really happened, according to Lawrence, was that during the operation a small electrode was implanted inside Oswald’s mastoid sinus. The electrode responded to a radio signal which would make audible, inside Oswald’s head, certain electronic commands to which he had already been posthypnotically conditioned to respond. …

In 1975 the RHIC–EDOM story surfaced again. … The journalist, James L. Moore, said that the papers in his possession described the details of “a military technique of mind-control called Radio-Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control–Electronic Dissolution of Memory.” …

According to Moore, in the initial (RHIC) stage of programming the … [person] is put into a deep hypnotic trance, and conditioned to go into trance at the sound of a specific tone. “A person may be placed under this control with or without his knowledge, programmed to perform certain actions and maintain certain attitudes” whenever he hears the tone. …

The second part of the process, electronic dissolution of memory (EDOM), Moore said, “… By electronically jamming the brain, acetylcholine creates static which blocks out sights and sounds. You would then have no memory of what you saw or heard; your mind would be a blank.” …

The claims of James L. Moore would sound fantastic were it not for the abundance of information to support the possibility of their validity. …” [pp. 261-264] —Walter Bowart, Operation Mind Control/Mind Control and Ritual Abuse Information Service

Analysts examining the behavior of programmed assassins from John Lennon’s killer to various mass shooters today to various cases of homicides and suicides note the possibility of such radio hypnosis being instrumental in these cases. In such scenarios, suggestions fed hypnotically into the victim’s mind, become irresistible directives to action; after the action–the assassination, the mass shooting, the murder of family members, even children–the victim is deprogrammed with a post-hypnotic suggestion in order to “break the spell”.

The modern history of remotely affecting brains and behavior with energy weapons (involving microwave and radio frequencies, as well as ELFs or Extremely Low Frequencies) and Brain Computer Interfaces (involving implants) as exposed in studies, papers, and patents has been traced by various neuroexperimentation researchers, and can be studied in Renee Pittman Mitchell’s Remote Brain Targeting or Dr. Nick Begich’s Earth Rising: Toward a Thousand Years of Peace or Earth Rising II: The Betrayal of Science, Society, and the Soul–and other books and websites online.   The ways and means of affecting brains and engaging in Mind Control, including directly inputting specific human voices into human heads, with specific directives, instructions, and commentary, are multifarious today: synthetic telepathy or Voice to Skull, a military term, and microwave hearing, the Frey effect, the Neurophone, are not fantasies but patents acknowledged by the military. (Some links at end.)

“The intelligence agencies are capable of transmitting voices and images directly to the cranium’s sensory pathways. The onset of advanced radio frequency technology has given rise to a coming generation of “thought police.” They are a profound threat to a democratic society. Radio frequency weapons have eased the malignant growth of fascism wuthin the intelligence agencies. Anyone who falls into disfavor with this elite can be condemned to interminable physical and psychological torture. The victim is often murdered without a trace.” –Alex Constantine, p 292, “CIA, Mind Control, and the US Postal Service,” Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

It is an absolute disgrace and should be a source of shame to all of humanity that our governments–who are inarguably engaging in contemporary programs of non-consensual brain, mind, body, and behavioral experimentation and undisclosed physical/biometric surveillance to include neuro-surveillance and body-surveillance, as well as in field testing of “non-lethal weapons” as reported by thousands of articulate and often highly educated victims worldwide (the primary culprits in the US appear to be the CIA, DIA, NSA, DARPA, and other branches of the DOD, including the USAF, while country-specific Intelligence agencies such as MI5, MI6, the Mossad, DGSE, and others are involved overseas–and Universities and research institutions supported by Defense and CIA grants, both known and classified, are also involved)–are engaging in a mass cover-up of these crimes against humanity, employing mainstream media, Law Enforcement, and the political tool of psychiatry to do so.

This is an organized, systemic Military/Intelligence cover-up, and the false, untenable public cover story being used for this criminal cover-up–as revealed by many FOIA requests, including by this writer–is the usual bland “classification of technologies in the interests of national security”. 

It is only through this criminally deceptive means–a deception that has lasted more than 50 years–that such reliably-CIA-controlled media as The New York Times, which ran an extensive story on Esteban Santiago in the Sunday paper (Jan 8), covering his life and background in Puerto Rico, his abrupt change of personality from quiet and scholarly to abusive and violent post his Iraq war experience, and such agencies as the FBI, who were contacted by him in Alaska, when he walked in to report Mind Control neuro-operations by the CIA, can blandly present the very mention of Mind Control by the CIA as obviously delusional, obviously symptomatic of paranoia, obviously baseless in reality. Mainstream media news-readers and television-watchers, obviously, are being encouraged and trained and conditioned once more to fall in with this lie.

This planned and systemic criminal cover-up extends to the highest levels of government. United States government commissions and committees ignore the testimonials of victims, as recent events at the President’s Bioethical Commission and the Secretary’s Advisory Committee for Human Research Protections show. All in the interests of maintaining the National-Security cover-up apparently, and propelling the Mind Control Psy Op.

“There is a conspiracy within the intelligence agencies to conceal field-testing of highly-advanced mind control technology….The government still experiments on private citizens without their consent, often to death. They will continue to experiment and deny until forced to stop.” –Alex Constantine, p 294, “CIA, Mind Control, and the US Postal Service,” Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

Global Statistics for Non-Consensual Neuro-Experimentation

Meanwhile, the body count mounts. Human rights activists continue to work to record the claims of those being victimized by remote neuro-technologies.

“Forty years later, the Department of the Army sanctioned the torture of civilians in a 1972 report entitled Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR, a review of Russian scientific literature based upon 500 studies on the biological effects of “Super-high frequency electromagnetic oscillations”: “SHF may be used as a technique for altering human behavior. Lethal and non-lethal effects have been shown to exist. In certain non-lethal exposures, definite behavioral changes have occurred. There also appears to be a change in mammals when exposed to SHF in sensitivity to sound, light, and olfactory stimuli.”

The purpose of invasive electromagnetic brain experimentation, according to the report—which seems on hindsight to have cleared the way for experimentation on unconsenting subjects—was perceived by the Pentagon as “the creation of one or more of several possible mental states in the conscious or unconscious areas of the brain. The ultimate goal of controlled offensive behavior might well be the total submission of one’s will to some outside force.” –Alex Constantine, p 77, “Oscillatori Telegrafica,” Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

The most conservative reports place the numbers of non-consensual neuro-experimentees at about 2,000 within the US and 10,000 worldwide. Others suggest the numbers are much higher, ranging from 200,000 to 300,000 within the US, to millions worldwide. Some activists maintain that these finite numbers stem reliably from reports of those who know for certain they are being targeted and experimented on; others say millions, perhaps all 7 billion of us, are truly being experimented on (especially if you consider such technologies as nanotechnology from aerosols/chem trails, continuous ELF waves and pulses aimed at degrading brains, in conjunction with HAARP, and other remote mass brain stimulation technologies).

Some researchers maintain meticulous records of contacts from reporting victims, country by country (to be reported on here further). Even here, the ardent desire for Psy Ops by the military/Intelligence practitioners of military deception raises its ugly head: researchers and activists are often also contacted by fake victims, in apparent efforts to Deny/Degrade activism efforts, muddy the issue, and confuse the numbers.

In any case, it is an absolute fact that high numbers of people globally are reporting the experience of non-consensual neuro-experimentation and energy-weapons-usage to prominent researchers, writers, and human rights activists in this area (including to this writer), including the kinds of Mind Control mentioned aboveradio hypnosis and synthetic telepathy. Several articles here cover this subject, which will continue to be covered here. Notable in this area is the case of Rohinie Bisesar, the talented young Canadian woman jailed for a sudden fatal stabbing of a stranger, and who reported mental manipulation, bio-robotizing (external physical manipulation of limbs), and synthetic telepathy, whose story was covered here earlier.

The Mind Control Psy Op is Run by the CIA/DOD Complex and Mainstream Media

The Mind Control Psy Op suggests that it is delusional to posit that the CIA is introducing voices into anyone’s head, or exhorting anyone through this covered means to go fight for ISIS or radio-hypnotizing anyone to kill on command.

The fact is, patents for the remote manipulation of human brains have been registered since and past the mid-70s, when MK ULTRA was supposed to have stopped. (Please see links below.)

The fact is, there are thousands today, testifying to remote Mind Control.

The fact is, mainstream media which both pretends Mind Control is far-fetched, a “conspiracy theory” and that MK ULTRA is history, and not highly active today, is slavishly obedient to the CIA. And the NSA. And the DOD. That would cover DARPA, and the DIA.  All of whom–by many accounts–are the very parties engaging in Mind Control operations and experimentation today. Also the ones self-permitted to run military psychological warfare–or Psy Ops–on citizens today.

For all those who still read and absorb and look up to our long-established news agencies and outlets who are controlled by the CIA, it must be stressed that perhaps the only reason covert MK ULTRA-extending Mind Control programs have been relegated, historically and currently–by mainstream media analysts, journalists, and editors–to “fringe”, “conspiracy theory”, and “alternative” labels is because mainstream media, in the strong-fisted grip of the CIA/DOD complex, has been falling in line with CIA disinformation and propaganda directives and deliberately, strategically, unashamedly, and unethically feeding us with lies. For decades!

These too are crimes against humanity. Media is culpable, for the direct deception of humanity. As is organized psychiatry, for they work hand in hand, to keep the lie going.

To all unsuspecting consumers of mainstream media, who will believe anything because it’s been published by “leading newspapers” like the New York Times or the Washington Post, I would say: Call it Neuro Experimentation or call it Mind Control. Ignore it, and ignore reporting  victims, like many top human rights organizations (which perhaps take funding from the Military and directions from the chimera of “National Security”) have, inexplicably, been doing. But recognize, that with remote brain manipulation, all of us, and all of our children are most definitely in danger.

Incontrovertible fact: Past Nuremberg, past the Nazi atrocities of World War II, past the reported atrocities of MK ULTRA from the ’50s to the ’70s, past the ’50s to the ’90s history of secret and non-consensual military radiation experiments, chemical experiments, biological experiments, syphilis experiments, Tuskegee and Guatemala, reported by such journalists as Eileen Welsome and Harriet K. Washington, non-consensual human experimentation has returned, shamefully, to the American landscape, and the global landscape.

Inform Yourself, Inform the World

We are surrounded by lies, sanctioned military deception, sanctioned Intelligence deception, sanctioned mainstream-media deception. More than ever, we need to individually exercise discernment in our response to the toxic deluge of misinformation, disinformation and plain lies washing over us. We’re not merely in Orwell’s 1984, we’ve tunnelled through into 1984-squared.

To close, on the subject of “non-lethal weapons” being used on the streets, and rampant non-consensual experimentation, two more American whistleblowers offer insight into the world of deception we’re inside.

NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart’s recent interview on the Jeff Rense talk show (to be covered here separately shortly) offers unvarnished disclosure on the subject of Homeland Security which has morphed into Homeland Terrorism, the complicity of Intelligence agencies and military groups who have joined hands to direct criminal attacks with directed-energy weapons (DEWs) against non-criminal citizens, glibly naming them terrorists and spies and extremists and unleashing both undisclosed neuro/physical surveillance and undisclosed neuro-experimentation on them.

This video, Psy Ops Wars on Americans, by a former US Air Force Officer and whistleblower explains the Psy Ops further surrounding the Fort Lauderdale shooting, and this accompanying post at Facebook which he requested this writer to share discloses the radiation-weapon and neuro-weapon experimentation he has experienced and continues to experience.

Many analysts and alternative media researchers, as well as consciousness researchers tell us that the only way we can, as members of an exploited and acted-on public, put an end to this slide into complete totalitarian dementia, is by waking up individually and collectively and seeing through this charade for what it is. Our mere awareness can make a difference. Our collective awareness, they assure us, will inexorably lead to winds of change. It’s an optimism that might serve us well. Collectively we may find the clarity and courage to speak out with intent, challenge the prevailing narrative, and hold the criminals running this farce responsible. And accountable.

For all past and current victims of non-consensual neuro-experimentation, directed-energy weapons testing, and undisclosed “electronic” surveillance which doubles as covert neuro-surveillance and covert bodily-surveillance with electromagnetic weapons, nothing less than a second war crimes tribunal, Nuremberg 2.0, will do.

Those heads of Intel agencies who are currently spending a lot of time trying to divert attention to Russia — perhaps to build a case to further fortress and buttress themselves behind an even greater barrage of surveillance and security laws (if one can imagine that) — may well be seeking to deflect attention from the crimes against humanity they have already steadily been committing, crimes they continue to run undercover while blinding us with lies.

On his website, Ole Dammegard offers a list of suggestions for what any one of us can do, top of the list being, Wake up – inform and educate yourself about what is actually going on in the world. It is only by us being asleep that this madness can go on.”

The world needs to know and act on the truth. Please inform yourself, inform the world.

Related:

Hearing “Voices”/The Hidden History of the CIA’s Electromagnetic Mind-Control Experiments/Global Alert by Alex Constantine/1995

Hypnosis Comes of Age/George H. Estabrooks, Ph.D./Science Digest, April, 1971, 44-50

Synthetic Telepathy and the Early Mind Wars/Richard Alan Miller/2001

Origins and Techniques of Monarch Mind Control/The Vigilant Citizen/Hidden Knowledge

Lists of Mind Control/Neuro Experimentation Articles:

Earthpulse Press/Dr. Nick Begich

Paul Baird/Surveillance Issues/Links

Renee Pittman Books

Mind Justice/Cheryl Welsh

Mind Control/Neuroweaponry/Electronic Warfare Patents:

Electronic Warfare Patents/Neuroweaponry/Omnisense

Mind Control Patents/Peace Pink/Soleil Mavis

This article may be reproduced in full or part anywhere online with attribution and linkback. Please share to inform.

Seth Farber, Ph.D: The Psychiatric Metanarrative, Targeted Individuals, and the Deep State: A Response to The New York Times

Not long ago, in June 2016, The New York Times published a piece by Mike McPhate, titled “United States of Paranoia: They See Gangs of Stalkers,” purporting to offer an unbiased journalistic exploration of the subject of “Targeted Individuals.” This piece garnered quite some attention and consternation from among the ranks of those actually being targeted, surveiled, and assaulted today with EMF/sonic/scalar weapons–as well as those educated, informed Americans who are well-aware that such high-tech surveillance, targeting, and assault is indeed occurring–and was covered here earlier, in response, as well as here, in reportage of a key interviewee, Dr. Robert Duncan’s response.

Now Dr. Seth Farber, a deeply insightful psychologist, psychotherapist, scholar, and author steps forward to address the glaring omissions, elisions, deceptions, and inadequacies of Mr. McPhate’s article, pointing up the hollowness of its claim to objectivity, and offering a comprehensive discursive response that considers the diverse aspects of contemporary psychiatry, contemporary surveillance, historic non-consensual human experimentation, historic covert Intelligence operations, whistleblower testimony, classified military research, neuroweaponry, and the increasingly-evident hand of the “Deep State” which bear on this issue. I am pleased to publish this tremendous tour de force by Dr. Farber, honored that my words are included in it, and highly recommend that every single psychiatrist, psychologist, medical professional, and journalist in the USA and worldwide read it, closely and completely, to fully understand the extreme nature of Targeting in our midst today, as well as the unethical, colluding role played by psychiatrists and co-opted Media, in protecting it.

ayt-problems-with-psychiatristsaIn Dr. Farber’s words: The development of a totalitarian regime—nominally a constitutional republic—in which human rights and the constitutional right to liberty are routinely trampled upon is today an ominous prospect in America.” The prevention of such a development,” he emphasizes, is now dependent upon the willingness of small minorities of individuals who are inspired by transcendental ethical ideals to mobilize larger groups to oppose the human rights abuses that are committed by the Deep State and by the mental health system… I hope with all my heart that this article will be the harbinger of such profoundly-needed change. — Ramola D, December 2016

***

Dr. Seth Farber, Ph.D, is an author, psychotherapist, and an editor of The Journal of Mind and Behavior –he completed his doctorate in psychology at California Institute of Integral Studies in 1984. His work has been influenced by such renowned dissident psychiatrists as the late Thomas Szasz, M.D. who wrote the Foreword to Farber’s first book, Madness, Heresy and the Rumor of Angels: The Revolt against the Mental Health System (1993). See his books and email address at http://www.sethHfarber.com.

The Psychiatric Metanarrative, Targeted Individuals, and the Deep State: A Response to The New York Times

by Seth H. Farber, Ph.D

Introduction
The Corporate Media and Psychiatry: Veiling the Human Rights Violations of the Deep State
Advancing the Psychiatric Metanarrative, Neutralizing Deep State Critics
The Psychiatric Fantasy System and the Battle Against Non-Conformity
The Psychiatric Pharmaceutical Industrial Complex
The Deep State on Trial
The CIA Assassination of Its Own Agent — Protecting Whose Security?
Whistleblowers Post 9/11
TIs and No-Touch Torture
Neuroweaponry and Classified Military Research
Discussion of the New York Times Article About TIs Based on the Psychiatric Metanarrative
The CEP and the Power of the Ethically Guided Minority

Introduction

As a dissident psychologist-therapist and critic of the mental health system, I hope the Mike McPhate article in The New York Times will open the eyes of targeted individuals (“TIs”) and other supporters of constitutional rights, to the fraudulent nature of the mental health professions (“United States of Paranoia: They See Gangs of Stalkers,” June 11, 2016). Most TIs already know that if they are mentioned at all by the mainstream (i.e., corporate) press, it is to be ridiculed as “conspiracy theorists,” or dismissed as plain psychotics. The term “TI” refers to an individual who is a victim of organized group stalking and non-consensual harassment or experimentation with the use of advanced neuro-biological weaponry–these activities are believed to be initiated by Intelligence organizations. Ramola D (Dharmaraj), an award winning fiction-writer and poet, former English professor and social activist who became a TI in 2013, now an independent journalist, writes that the source of the targeting is “joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic institutions.” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Human Rights, Accessed July 2016). Mental health professionals with rare exceptions believe TIs are paranoid psychotics who are not “targeted” by anyone.

Back to Top

The Corporate Media and Psychiatry: Veiling the Human Rights Violations of the Deep State

McPhate’s article exemplifies the collusion of the mainstream (corporate) media with Psychiatry, thus veiling (unwittingly, at this locus near the bottom of the hierarchy of power) the operations of the Deep State. I use “Psychiatry” as a synecdoche to denote the mental health system with its panoply of psychologists, social workers and various mental health professionals and workers. I use it also to denote the entire psychiatric-pharmaceutical industrial complex since the mental health system is oriented toward pushing toxic drugs (‘prescribing medications”)– and is financed largely by the multi-billion dollar pharmaceutical industry.

McPhate’s article in The New York Times is a chilling example of journalists’ willingness to abdicate their power of critical thought and leave the determination of what is “reality” in the hands of the secular priesthood which reigns today in the name of psychiatry –– although it is almost certain that had McPhate seriously discussed the Deep State, his article, as mentioned, would not have been printed. In McPhate’s article the pretense of journalistic “balance” is virtually abandoned. Instead we hear only one authoritative voice –- that of the psychiatrist, the mental health professional. (A month later The New York Times published another article that also deferred to the psychiatric metanarrative, “The Baton Rouge Gunman and ‘Targeted Individuals,’” July 19, 2016, accessed October, 2016.) Although journalists defer habitually (i.e., without deliberation) to the “expertise” of psychiatrists, the editorial board and publishers of the corporate newspapers like The New York Times have obviously deliberately decided not to print articles that discuss the operations or even the existence of targeting by “the Deep State.” Thus it is not surprising that McPhate wrote an article that would not have threatened any of the vested interests discussed below.

Peter Dale Scott, Professor Emeritus at the University of California, is most often associated with the esoteric and little known but increasingly publicized concept of the Deep State. It is the explicit or implicit root metaphor that is at the basis of the TI metanarrative, as well as the metanarrative of “9/11 Truthers,” critics of the official government account of the attacks on 9/11. The TI metanarrative is complex and has given rise to too many variations among its users. Hopefully the discussion here will provide enough background to give readers a rudimentary sense of the TI metanarrative and its understanding of the growing encroachment of the Deep State into the lives of ordinary Americans.

Scott describes the Deep State as

“a parallel secret government, organized by the intelligence and security apparatus, financed by drugs [and other sources], and engaging in illicit violence, to protect the status and interests of the military against threats from intellectuals, religious groups, and occasionally the constitutional government.” (Voltaire Network interview with Scott, April 6, 2011, accessed 2016.)

I would add that it protects not just military interests but corporate and law enforcement interests as well, and that it is largely unaffected by public opinion or elections and operates autonomously beyond the reach of the law, behind the structure of the legislative, judicial, and executive branches of government, influencing the operations of these branches and maintaining social control in societies that are nominally democratic. Ironically, although targeting maintains social control by creating an atmosphere of fear, it also, presumably inadvertently, transforms many of those targeted individuals who are not political activists (the majority of TIs) into political activists and critics of the Deep State and its anti-democratic functions.

Ramola D, an eloquent spokesperson for the TI narrative, tersely and succinctly conveys in a few words the extent of targeting today:

“All over the US today, and indeed the world, people are being nonconsensually rolled into covert programs of 24/7 physical assault, torture, and slow-kill assassination by EMR microwave/radio/sonic neuroweapons, also called Directed Energy Weapons or Non Lethal Weapons; 24/7 remote access, manipulation, and assault of their brains and central nervous systems; and 24/7 “full spectrum surveillance” involving overt community surveillance, concealed electronic monitoring, and public/community stalking, accompanied by discrediting and social ostracism by defamation and slander campaigns, and in-community harassment and PsyOps projects (more on all this below & in succeeding posts).” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, 2015: “Targeted Individuals” are Non-Consensual Subjects in Criminal, Clandestine, Classified “Top Secret” MKULTRA-Extended Mind & Behavior Control/Torture Experimentation by Joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic Institutions, as well as Targets of COINTELPRO and Electronic Warfare.)

But despite its prevalence, targeting amazingly remains largely “in the dark” to those who are not participants or victims. Wikispooks notes,

“In contrast to overtly authoritarian rule, deep states must operate more or less secretly, like terrorist groups, so preserving secrecy is a high priority. Control of the commercially-controlled media is essential to the effective preservation of secrecy needed for the deep state to work effectively.” (Accessed 2016 at Wikispooks/Deep State)

Psychiatry also plays a critical role in maintaining secrecy — in veiling the operations of the Deep State — although I will argue here that it does this even though the majority of mental health professionals are completely unaware of the existence of the Deep State. It is able to play this function unwittingly because the profoundly conformist nature of Psychiatry leads it to define any deviation from the norm as pathology — including any belief in the existence of a shadow government or Deep State (such a belief is disparaged as “conspiracy theory”), let alone being a victim of this entity (which is deemed “delusional”).

This is not to deny that a small but influential group of leading figures and institutions in Psychiatry have, from the establishment of the CIA to date, consciously (and secretively) collaborated with non-consensual and thus illegal experiments carried out by the CIA and other intelligence agencies, and psychologists with the sanction of the American Psychological Association: APA psychologists recently played a role in designing torture of Guantanamo detainees. (In fact leaders of both APAs have long had a close relationship with the CIA.)

This led to a backlash by membership of the American Psychological Association—organized by a few principled psychologists—which voted in 2008 to prohibit psychologists from working in national security settings, against the opposition of the APA leadership (Roy Eidelson, 2013, “APA Fiddles While Psychology Burns,“ in Psychology Today, August 5, 2013, accessed November, 2016).

(The activities of the infamous psychiatrist Ewan Cameron who reduced hundreds of patients to a vegetable-like state through intensive electroshock, funded by the CIA and the Canadian government, set a precedent followed by other mental health professionals who collaborated with the Deep State in designing and implementing programs of torture, used for various purposes. (See Colin Ross, 2006, The CIA Doctors, Richardson, Texas: Manitou).

But the attitude of mental health professionals to “mental patients” has been losing its soft edge of seemingly benign paternalism, and becoming increasingly punitive, although still wrapped in terminology of medical care. Psychiatry has undergone radical changes since the early 1960s when the state mental hospitals began to be emptied and the project of “deinstitutionalization” was announced. The state hospital population shrunk nationwide from over half a million in the late 1950s to 40,000 today. The ideal, if not the reality, was progressive–to reintegrate the “mentally ill” into the community. What took place was “transinstitutionalization” (see Thomas Szasz, 1998, Cruel Compassion, NY: Syracuse University Press): Patients were placed into small scale group homes and (originally) cheap hotels where they were given stupefying “anti-psychotic medication” and isolated from the community. Yet there were legal safeguards that were designed to protect arbitrary confinement and forced drugging of patients.

But the merger of psychiatry with the pharmaceutical industry created a new imperative — to confine ever more patients, to induct ever more persons into the mental health system, and to force psychiatric drugs on an ever increasing number of the “mentally ill.” Furthermore, as society has morphed into a national security state, so the mental health system has become more repressive and the legal safeguards of patients’ right to liberty have been razed. In the 1990s, states enacted involuntary outpatient commitment laws — the main purpose of these laws was to force “non-compliant” former mental patients to take neuro-toxic “anti-psychotic” drugs on an outpatient basis (see below). (The drugs in a “depot” form were injected into the patient’s body where it would be released gradually over the month.) In the psychiatric metanarrative, non-compliance is treated both as pathology and as misbehavior, as a sign that the patient is both mad and bad.

Recently, although the Murphy Bill (HR 2646, which passed the House in 2015) met resistance in the Senate, some of its worst provisions were incorporated into HR 34, the 21st Century Cures Act – a boondoggle for the pharmaceutical industry which lowers FDA safety standards (see Dr. Mercola, July 13, 2016, 21st-Century Cures or Corruption?) — which passed overwhelmingly in the Senate on December 7, 2016. This revised bill incorporates many of the worst provisions of the Murphy bill, including the one at the top of Psychiatry’s wish-list: The ability to force psychiatric treatment (psychiatric drugs) on anyone psychiatrists deem too mentally ill to realize drugs are “good” for them. In other words, a history of violence is no longer a criterion for forcing toxic drugs on “non-compliant” patients. Psychiatry will no doubt continue to push for those provisions not included in the new bill.

Patients’ rights activist Lauren Tenney, Ph.D. stated about the bill,

“It is urgent that people realize that no child will grow up without psychiatric evaluation. All people will become, in a generation or two, acclimated to being psychiatrized; psychiatry and its arms of drugs and institutions will become even more standard [than it is now] in our society.” (Mad in America, Nov 29, 2016, “Warning: A Psychiatric tsuNAMI is Upon U.S.”/From Katherine Hine–Warning, the US govt is trying to legalize forced psych drugging!)

Today in states across the country new hospitals “are being built in droves,” as Janet Phelan puts it. (See “Still Crazy After All These Years: Psychiatric Lockdown Returns to the US” in Activist Post, Oct 5, 2016, accessed November, 2016.) Sharon Cretsinger, social worker and director of Kent Empowerment Center, noted, about the Murphy Bill, that “the most frightening parts of [the Murphy Bill] are the severe limitations placed on PAIMI advocates (Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness) who are specifically prohibited from discussing with “individuals who lack insight into their condition” their right to refuse medication or act “against the wishes of their caregivers.” (Ibid)

PAIMI, an agency “which was specifically set up to address the needs and questions of individuals in treatment,” is prevented from advocating for patients, except in cases of “abuse and neglect.” The limits placed on advocates, Cretsinger says, “shows clearly that Murphy’s bill does not (want) anyone refusing treatment [‘medication’], or even talking about refusing treatment.” The Bill increases funding for involuntary out-patient commitment and for Assertive Community Treatment. Phelan describes ACT, “This enables teams of mental health workers to troll the streets, looking for homeless or other individuals to ‘treat’ in situ.” Of course typically ACT leads to involuntary treatment.

The bill also authorizes grants for “programs for infants and children at significant risk of developing, showing early signs of, or having been diagnosed with mental illness including serious emotional disturbance.” Those eligible for these services are defined as “a child from birth to not more than 5 years of age.”

This is an obvious effort to “funnel” babies into treatment with powerful psychotropic drugs–and create life-long (albeit a shortened life) customers for the pharmaceutical industry. Already there are 8 million children on psychotropic drugs. But, heavily lobbied by the drug industry, our representatives have decided to get more children hooked on drugs–decided to sacrifice babies on the altar of Mammon.

This is the stream of history into which TIs have entered, one which has seen a political battle against psychiatric coercion by patients themselves, beginning in the 1970s with the formation of the first “mental patients’ liberation” organizations. (For a history from 1960 to 2012, see Farber, 2012, The Spiritual Gift of Madness:The Failure of Psychiatry and the Rise of the Mad Pride Movement, Rochester, Vermont: Inner Traditions.) By 2016, the website Mad in America was booming-–with tens of thousands of readers every week, including many psychiatric survivors–– readers participate in discussions beneath the articles. But as dissent has flourished on the Internet, the movement against psychiatric coercion has shriveled in the “real” world. Patients were making progress but the tide began to reverse in the 1990s, and thereafter. The Murphy Bill, a product of post-9/11 America, represents a new, more pernicious, more repressive phase in the social control of mental patients. It mirrors the militarization of the police. (See Randy Balko, author of The Rise of the Warrior Cop , quoted at US Police Have Killed Over 5000 Civilians Since 9/11, MintPress News, accessed October, 2016.)

To what degree it will lead to deliberate collaboration of psychiatry with the military, law enforcement, and/or various agencies of the Deep State is unpredictable, although going full speed ahead on such a course risks the danger of polarization among mental health professionals who for the most part see themselves as “medical specialists” on a par with cardiologists and do not like to think of themselves as dirty cops. The backlash of APA membership’s against its leadership’s participation in scarcely veiled torture is indicative. (See James Risen, 2015, The New York Times, August 7, 2015, “Psychologists Approve Ban on Role in National Security Interrogations“.) At the top of the hierarchy of professionals we can infer that status-conscious professionals will be pleased, as always, to collaborate secretly with high status officials in Deep State agencies. The promulgation of the new psychiatric metanarrative will enable the majority of mental health professionals to tacitly co-operate with the Deep State with more extensive and more punitive modes of social control–while preserving their identity as medical helpers by defining TIs as just another category of “non-compliant psychotics”–-and with more punitive measures as a necessary response to the growing epidemic of mental illness and the emergence of more “troubling” (to use McPhate’s word), more “treatment-resistant” (a common professional term) manifestations of “psychosis.”

 

Back to Top

Advancing the Psychiatric Metanarrative, Neutralizing Deep State Critics

In fact McPhate’s article — strategically placed in The New York Times, the renowned bastion of (corporate) liberal journalism — helps to craft and popularize the emerging psychiatric metanarrative about TIs, which we will analyze below. (A metanarrative is a grand narrative, or theory that tries to give a coherent totalizing account to a variety of historical events and a multitude of human experiences.) As opposed to the psychiatric metanarrative, a TI metanarrative is also emerging and being used as a tool by TIs. While the narrative has a number of variations depending on the perspective of the individual theorist (whether a TI or not), it has a basic skeletal structure which has been shaped by the experiences and theories of many TIs and by the experiences and political theories of an increasing number of technical experts and whistle-blowers -– former employees of the CIA, NSA, and other Intelligence or military organizations.

These former employees are almost always highly educated and among the most intelligent strata of society, and include computer experts, highly sophisticated scientists (from electrical engineers to physicists) and spies. Intelligence agencies recruit the best and the brightest -– and increasing numbers of these persons are possessed by a keen conscience. Thus they find themselves morally unable to perform the tasks they are assigned or to sanction what they know is being done in the name of protecting national security.

If they are asked why they left the CIA or NSA, they invariably give the same answer. From William Binney who worked for the NSA for over 30 years before he resigned in 2001 to Edward Snowden, these persons will tell you with patriotic fervor that they took an oath, not to uphold the government or the NSA but to uphold the US Constitution. In other words these whistle-blowers argue that our actual government today as influenced by the agencies of the Deep State is in conflict with constitutional democracy as conceived by our founding fathers. Edward Snowden has given words and a face to today’s political dissident/whistle-blower in the US, persecuted or in exile ostensibly for giving information to the enemy, but in reality for exposing operations of the State to American citizens. (Chelsea or Bradley Manning did not receive equivalent public exposure -– primarily because she was imprisoned and silenced before she could speak to the Press.)

If McPhate even read any of the accounts by critics of the Deep State (he demonstrates no familiarity with their disclosures), he must have disregarded them, because the psychiatric metanarrative is presented in his article as the truth and the TI metanarrative is viewed through the prism of the psychiatric metanarrative as nothing more than a delusional symptom of the paranoid schizophrenic’s diseased mind. When McPhate describes TIs as unequivocally psychotic, he is ignoring or discounting the accounts of some of the smartest former employees of Intelligence, including those who designed the technology used for surveillance and control, and including those experts he interviewed. Robert Duncan, a whistle-blower and former CIA employee who helped to develop the cybernetic weapons that to his dismay are being used on innocent Americans, was interviewed and then virtually ignored (see below) by McPhate.

McPhate’s article is based uncritically on the psychiatric metanarrative that journalists for the corporate press are trying to make the official metanarrative: All TIs are mentally ill persons–they are not individuals who are victims of group-stalking and various forms of non-consensual experimentation with neuro-weaponry. (McPhate implies that not all Tis are mentally ill but seems to consider that fact irrelevant to his discussion.) They are psychotics who come together with other psychotics and reinforce each other’s delusions — thus they phobically avoid consulting mental health professionals to get the professional help they need.

The psychiatrist is the socially sanctioned arbiter of what is real (for most persons in secular society), and the TI’s metanarrative with its references to historical events and accounts by contemporary whistle-blowers and its claims about the power of the (secretive) Deep State is not even recounted except very briefly and elliptically by the journalist — ostensibly because the psychiatric authority has determined it provides no cues to reality and it will only mislead readers. Psychiatry’s business is the construction and reproduction of “reality” — psychiatry provides the stamp of authority for the official reality and works with journalists to propagate the new metanarrative about TIs. By failing to interrogate power, journalists are betraying their vocation as the 4th estate, which historically held private and government institutions accountable to democratic ideals and exposed potential totalitarian and plutocratic threats to democracy. (Today such journalism can be found in books and in Internet magazines, but only rarely in the mainstream Press.)

Most persons including TIs assume that the psychiatric diagnostic system is legitimate. This is why TIs often claim they were “misdiagnosed.” They assume that there are correct diagnoses, free of bias, just as in other fields of medicine. Many TIs think if they find an honest psychiatrist they will be cleared, legitimized, given a “correct” diagnosis, not realizing that the psychodiagnostic system itself is a fantasy, a delusion! They don’t understand that every mental health diagnosis is a misdiagnosis, that the system of psychodiagnosis is nothing but a collective fantasy -– in psychiatric terms, it is a consensually validated (financially remunerative) delusional system.

For example, TIs who have gone to the mental health system have typically been diagnosed as “schizophrenic,” “paranoid,” and with “delusional disorder.” All of these diagnoses imply the TI is hearing voices that do not exist, or imagining people are stalking her or manipulating her brain with neuro-weaponry/or attacking her body with remote-influencing technologies. In the psychiatric metanarrative on TIs’, the TI is so overwhelmed by a paranoid distrust of people in general that she fantasizes the government or the CIA or other malevolent forces are persecuting her.

Yet many TIs optimistically and/or naively think they can change their psychiatrist’s mind by presenting documentary evidence of the existence of these Deep State operations. What they do not understand is psychiatrists and other mental health professionals are indoctrinated to regard any behavior or allegations that deviate from the social norm as pathological. This is not surprising considering the historical function of Psychiatry was the control of deviants, of poor people, of mad people, the preservation of the status quo. (Since the 1980s, its function has also been to market drugs for its pharmaceutical partners.) The purpose of institutional “mental health” was not to rehabilitate people, to help them heal from their wounds or to promote progressive social change. (Some people were helped in unusual instances by mental health professionals -– this happened far more frequently in the private sector.) But the allegation that the government -– the CIA, the Military — is secretly using bizarre neuro-weaponry (or directed-energy weaponry) against Americans and subjecting them to gang stalking is not something the mental health professional wants to even consider. It is no surprise that in the emerging Psychiatric metanarrative, allegations of Deep State covert operations are construed as symptoms of paranoid delusions.

 

Back to Top

The Psychiatric Fantasy System and the Battle Against Non-Conformity

This is nothing new. Psychiatrists typically react to proponents of radical change by seeking to pathologize them. Braginsky and Braginsky did a series of studies in the early 1970s published in their book Mainstream Psychology:A Critique (see discussion in Sarbin, T. And Mancuso, J., Medical Diagnosis or Moral Verdict, 1980, NY; Pergamon Press). Psychiatrists watched an interview between a doctor and a pseudo-patient. In the first segment, the patients reported irritability, poor sleep, etc. In the second and third segment segments, they expressed either middle of the road or New Left views. In the fourth segment, both groups criticized mental health professionals.

Sarbin and Mancuso summarize: “As the New Left radical’s complaints shift from statement about self to statements about society, the patient is regarded as increasingly psychologically disturbed.” The moderate patient’s degree of psychopathology remains stable as he or she expresses anti-New Left sentiments. The judgments of the severity of the pathology of both groups “dramatically increase when they criticize mental health professionals” (Sarbin and Mancuso, 1980, pp.94-5). Even the politically moderate patient who was perceived as only moderately disturbed (despite being presented as a hospitalized mental patient) is diagnosed as very “psychotic” after his attack on the mental health profession.

The experiment was repeated with a different group of psychiatrists with one change: In the 4th segment, both groups make flattering statements about the mental health professionals, e.g. “helpful,” kind,” and “very special” people. The result for Segments 1-3 were the same but after watching Segment 4, the psychiatrists decided the patients were cured (p.95). This is an extreme reaction and one that likely reflected the fact that the psychiatrists did not know the patients’ diagnosis upon admission – the patient unlike in the study below did not feign psychotic symptoms — and (the fact) that the study was conducted during a more tolerant phase of the mental health system in the early 1970s as compared to today.

One would expect that today the patients upon praising mental health professionals would be deemed to be psychotics in remission, as was the case with Rosenhan’s experiment -– conducted during the same period but with patients identified as “schizophrenic.” Athough Rosenhan’s experiment was conducted at the same time, and the patients were cooperative, they did not go so far as to flatter the doctors. Furthermore psychiatrists in the Braginsky and Braginnsky experiment were not told the pseudo-patients’ original diagnosis was “schizophrenia”––since they did not complain of voices or delusions, they could as easily have been hospitalized for depression. Today psychiatry is more aggressive than in the early 1970s and even “normal” patients are regarded as mentally ill.

Surprisingly few people, even mental health professionals, know about the classic Rosenhan experiment; it created an explosion of controversy within the mental health field at the time,it appeared, although it never entered the public imagination. Rosenhan, a psychologist, and 7 mentally healthy associates–all went to emergency rooms of local hospitals and feigned they were having auditory hallucinations. The pseudo-patients included a psychology graduate student in his twenties, three psychologists, a pediatrician, a psychiatrist, a painter, and a housewife. Once admitted they acted completely normally-–but none of the staff suspected they were sane. Significantly, quite a few patients made comments to the pseudo-patients like, “You’re not really crazy.”

They were interviewed by psychiatrists or psychologists who wrote evaluations of the patients and interpreted all their present behavior as evidence of their schizophrenia, and claimed to discover the roots of their alleged schizophrenia in their early childhood experiences. (At the time of this experiment Psychiatry was still based on the psychoanalytic dogma that pathology was caused by incidents in early childhood). Rosenhan noted, “Once a person is designated abnormal all his other behaviors and characteristics are colored by that label. Indeed that label is so powerful that many of the pseudo-patients’ normal behaviors were overlooked entirely or profoundly misinterpreted.” (Accessed 2016 at isites.Harvard.edu: On Being Sane in Insane Places, by David L. Rosenhan (pdf))

It took most of the pseudo-patients weeks to obtain release–in order to do so, all had to agree to take psychiatric drugs (which they later flushed down the toilet–no longer possible) and agree with the psychiatrists that they were mentally ill. All were finally released in times ranging from 7 to 52 days with the diagnosis of “schizophrenia in remission.” Rosenhan noted in an interview many years later, “I told friends, I told my family: ‘I can get out when I can get out. That’s all. I’ll be there for a couple of days and I’ll get out.’ Nobody knew I’d be there for two months … The only way out was to point out that they’re [the psychiatrists] correct. They had said I was insane, [I told them] ‘I am insane; but I am getting better.’ That was an affirmation of their view of me.” (Accessed 2016 at Wikipedia/Rosenhan Experiment.) In other words, to get the psychiatrist’s approval, the patient must affirm the psychiatrist’s view of the patient. For the TI today, this would mean feigning acknowledgment of the truth of the psychiatric metanarrative about Tis-–that they were delusional.

The reason professionals could not tell the clients had not really had “psychotic” breaks (were not “insane”) is because “mental illness” is a projection of the psychiatrist– the projection is triggered by a few cues that do not necessarily include the symptoms of “schizophrenia.” Knowing the patient has the diagnosis itself is enough to trigger the projection — which is a major reason (in addition to the debilitating effects of the “meds”) — why “schizophrenia” (an emotional crisis) becomes chronic once the patient becomes inducted into the mental health system: She is regarded as incurably ill and these expectations become a self-fulfilling prophecy. As holistic physician Gary Kohls put it, “The truth is that people diagnosed as ‘mentally ill’ for life are often simply those unfortunates who have found themselves in acute or chronic states of potentially reversible crises or temporary ‘overwhelm’ due to any number of preventable, treatable, and even curable situations.” (“Kris Kristofferson’s Dramatic Cure of his “Incurable” Alzheimer’s Disease/Another Iatrogenic Illness Unveiled” by Dr. Gary G. Kohls, on GlobalResearch.ca, accessed September, 2016.)­

Since psychiatry is an agency of surveillance and control, it views with apprehension any patient who resists, or critiques its power. In the Braginsky and Braginsky experiment, a radical critique of society was viewed as a sign of pathology. Mental health professionals regard anyone who comes for help as mentally ill to some degree. If the patients imply that there is something wrong with the world then the psychiatrist qua social control agent is likely to regard them as paranoid — in the psychiatrists’ world view, society is “natural,” normative, even if it needs a little patching up, and “maladjustment” is a symptom of “pathology.”

Radical psychiatrist R. D. Laing saw it very differently: This reification of an insane world was itself a symptom of insanity, and “schizophrenics” were invalidated because they were beginning to wake up from the social fantasy. Laing had reversed the premise of the psychiatric metanarrative by defining adjustment as pathological, “Social adjustment to a dysfunctional society may be very dangerous. The perfectly adjusted bomber pilot may be a greater threat to species survival than the hospitalized schizophrenic deluded that the Bomb is inside him.” (R. D. Laing, 1967, The Politics of Experience, New York: Pantheon Books, p120). This was written during the height of the nuclear weapons race — and Laing saw in the “delusions” of the mad, a metaphorical critique of society and a sign of a resistance to a conformity that threatened the survival of the species. In accord with Laing’s critique, but before Laing had developed it, Martin Luther King Jr. stated, “The world will be saved by the creatively maladjusted.” Today many of the creatively maladjusted come from the ranks of those most directly attacked by the Deep State. And they too, like the mad, are perceived as a threat to the psychiatric guardians of the status quo.

But this kind of threat is easily deflected by redefining it as a medical problem, as pathology. TIs are hardly the first to be pathologized. The medicalization of dissidence and deviance is the real specialization of the psychiatric profession, as the late Thomas Szasz, dissident psychiatrist, argued in book after book. Mental illness is a “myth,” as Szasz said, a misleading trope––the entire system is based on a spurious metanarrative that has deceived the American public for well over a century. Mental health professions are comprised of pretend doctors treating non-existent illnesses. There are of course therapists who help people but they are the minority — almost all in the private sector — and for the most part inaccessible to those without money. Subsuming anyone’s life under a pseudo- medical “diagnosis” obscures their abilities, simplifies their life story, and leads the professional to prescribe a “medical” solution (e.g., stupefying psychiatric drugs) for a non-medical problem, for what Szasz aptly called “problems in living.”

Each person’s unique life story can only be understood when she is grasped in her full individuality including both her strengths and her weaknesses, her virtues and her bad habits. Only a psychotherapist who understands this can be helpful. A therapist who fails to see a client’s strengths will underestimate her ability to recover from trauma. The therapist who seeks to promote conformity will not be able to help the troubled oddball become a creatively maladjusted social change agent. But this hardly matters if the goal of the mental health system is not to help people but to maintain social control.

It is revealing that before 1973 homosexuality was viewed as a mental disorder but as a result of agitation and lobbying by homosexual psychiatrists the APA decided by a close vote that homosexuality was no longer a disorder. Taking into account the conformist orientation of the mental health system — as illustrated in the last few paragraphs — we realize that the diagnoses are based upon values that can always be contested. They are not based on biological facts like real medical diagnoses. In the first place “mental illness” is not an objective biological fact–there are no biological referents to which the construct corresponds. This is why psychiatrists, in order to maintain their facade of legitimacy substitute reliability for validity.

“Reliability” is a scientific term that refers to agreement — in the above case, the agreement among mental health professionals, almost always with financial ties to the pharmaceutical industry — who invent the psychiatric diagnoses, whereas validity refers to a correspondence to reality. (Postmodernists may quibble, but for now I will leave such ontological qualifications for another time.) This is a blatant epistemological error. Because a hundred psychiatrists agree someone is “seriously ill,” and delusional does not mean that person is delusional. The witch prickers would usually agree which suspects were witches — but women do not make pacts or have sexual relations with the Devil (the definition of a witch), so in actuality there were no witches. These highly educated clergymen, the intellectual elite of their era, were wrong. The term “witch” was reliable but invalid, it did not correspond to any social reality other than the shared fantasy of the witch-prickers. Today the term “psychotic” tells us little about the person so described and a lot — as we see — about the shared fantasies of psychiatrists..

Cardiologists do not determine diseases by voting. Mental health professionals, as seen, have a tendency to rate those persons who resist or reject or criticize their own authority as mentally ill. They are also wary of those who make trenchant criticisms of society. It is therefore not surprising that psychiatrists regard TIs as delusional, as psychotic, just as in the 1960s, they tended to view New Leftists as mentally ill. Without even examining the Deep State literature, psychiatrists have promulgated a metanarrative that views them all as delusional, as schizophrenics — as non-compliant psychotics who refuse to take their ‘meds” or accept that they are mentally ill. Mental health professionals have been in conflict with “non-compliant” patients since psychotropic drugs were first used in the mid-1950s. This conflict took on a political dimension when the “mental patients’ liberation movement” (now the psychiatric survivors’ movement) originated in the early 1970s.

But what evidence do they present that TIs are all delusional? In McPhate’s article he extensively quotes from psychologist Lorraine Sheridan. She conducted an experiment with psychiatrist David James and coauthored an article titled “Complaints of group stalking (‘gang stalking’): an exploratory study of their nature and impact on complainants” published in The Journal of Forensic Psychiatry and Psychology Vol 26, No 5, 2015. The journal is read “throughout the world” by “psychiatrists, psychologists, criminologists, lawyers, sociologists, nurses, social workers and other legal and medical professionals” who use this journal as “their major forum for penetrating, informed global debate on the latest developments and disputes affecting the practice of forensic psychiatry.” Sheridan and James write, “All cases of reported group-stalking were found likely to be delusional, compared with 3.9% of individually stalked cases.” But they found no such thing. By their own definition, a delusion is “a false belief based on incorrect inference about external reality.” In order to know the belief is likely to be delusional, they have to know about the external reality.

100% of the 128 allegedly group-stalked individuals were determined to be deluded. How? Two clinicians read extensive questionnaires filled out by the subjects and both agreed all of the time that each subject was deluded. But reliability is not validity. It cannot tell us about the external world. Mental health professionals have no “expertise” in determining what is real, although credulous people — like New York Times journalists — think their credentials give them the ability to know if a patient is delusional. But, to know that, one has to know what is real. The claim of Sheridan and James that group stalking does not take place is an un-validated theory about the nature of (social) “reality.” They have made no effort to confirm its validity by examining the reality. .

Sheridan and James claim that all 128 self-identified TIs had 1 or more of three kinds of delusions. The first was of group stalking. They write these are “cases where the resources or elaborate organization required to carry them out made the alleged activities highly improbable.” But probability is not a scientific or quantifiable concept as they use it. Upon what do they base this determination? Upon nothing–it has no force beyond a decree. The subject’s claims that they were subjected to neuro-weaponry, such as “voice to skull” fell, according to the authors, into the category of a delusion based on “impossibility” or “bizarre impossibility.” What about quantum physics, about “spooky action at a distance” (Einstein), entanglement, Bell’s theorem? All impossible according to the scientific paradigm that had reigned for centuries, just like the technology that Sheridan and James dismiss as impossible. These “scientists” are ignoramuses who have learned nothing from the history of science. (Below is evidence that this impossible technology exists.)

If 2 million clinicians instead of 2 agreed that 128 subjects were delusional, it would still prove only that clinicians tend to agree about TIs and about reality. All of the professionals who examined Rosenhan and his compatriots agreed they were insane. But they were not. Their diagnoses were all invalid. The witch-prickers agreed which suspects were witches, but we know now there were no witches — women do not have sex with the Devil. Their diagnoses were wrong. If Sheridan and James really wanted to determine if TIs were delusional, not just write propaganda, they could have hired a private investigator — short of this they could have at least familiarized themselves with the TI metanarrative about group stalking. They could have examined the historical literature on Stasi in former East Germany and the ACLU book (cited below), The Surveillance Industrial Complex.

I do not think the Sheridan and James article is a work of deliberate deception. Rather it is “bullshit.”As Bruce Levine notes, the liar, unlike the bullshitter, knows what the truth is and endeavors to conceal it. “The vast majority of psychiatrists are bullshitters, uncommitted to either facts or fiction…It is not in the bullshitters’ interest to know what is true and what is false, as that knowledge of what is a fact and what is fiction hinders the capacity to use any and all powerful persuasion” — that is, to persuade people their psychiatric theories reflect reality. (See Levine, “Psychiatry’s Current Greatest Controversy: Fraud, Bullsh*t or What? at Mad in America, accessed September, 2016.) That is why these psychiatrists undertake no investigation––not even reading the literature on the Deep State by scholars and whistle-blowers, let alone by TIs. It’s not that they know that TIs are telling the truth, and endeavor to conceal it. As Levine puts it (about a different psychiatric myth), “ Most simply don’t know the truth because they have put little effort in discerning it.” The fact is they don’t really want to know if TIs’ allegations are correct. 

Their purpose is to not to discover the truth –- but to serve the mental health system. To quote Levine again, “The goal of bullshitters is not necessarily to lie about the truth but to persuade their audience of a specific impression so as to advance their agenda.” In this case the agenda — fostering the growth of the mental health system and maintaining social control — is advanced in two ways. First,by pathologizing TIs, mental health professionals are able to induct more clients into the mental health system, and thus to contribute to the growth of the psychiatric-pharmaceutical industrial complex. Second, by defining dissident or subversive ideas as “delusions,” as symptoms of “mental disorders,” they are able to neutralize or invalidate these ideas, suppress their expression and thus maintain social control — enforce the dominant social norms,

These redefinitions serve social control in a very specific way. They allow professionals to define exploitative practices as legitimate medical treatments — from drugging babies to silencing victims of no- touch torture — while maintaining their self-image as doctors, or medical helpers. Thus professionals can bullshit their way through life — by diagnosing babies and TIs as covert psychotics. Psychiatrists have no need to investigate whether TIs’ claims are valid because Sheridan and James and The New York Times have told them that all TIs are delusional. The substitution of reliability for validity, of bullshit for investigation-findings, is a sleight of hand performed in the most prestigious academic journals and newspapers, and propagated in the psychiatric metanarrative.

(This also serves psychiatrists’ own emotional needs by warding off ideas that threaten to disturb their comfortable mainstream views about the world in which we live — thus what is strange and frightening is reduced to the banal, the familiar. )

All the instruments of psychiatry are brought to bear to pressure, to persuade, to force the deviant to conform. In this manner, Psychiatry also unwittingly, and in some prominent cases, deliberately, serves to preserve the invisibility of the operations of the Deep State. That is to say, the Deep State is enabled to hide evidence of its crimes because Psychiatry destroys the credibility of its victims/critics by certifying them as insane. Thus relegated to the lowest social caste, they are now civilly dead. Bearing the stigmata of their diagnoses, their friends, family, and associates no longer attend to the meaning of their words. Their words are treated as “semantic exudates,” as Szasz once said, of their mental illness. They may speak the truth, but no one is listening.

The Psychiatric Pharmaceutical Industrial Complex

The nature of “mental illness” underwent another change starting in the 1980s. The change was not based on discoveries about the patient’s mind or brain. As usual the changes took place in Psychiatry and were projected onto the clients. As a result of Psychiatry’s alliance with the pharmaceutical industry, it redefined mental illness. The psychoanalytic theory that pathology resulted from traumas in early childhood — prevalent for most of the 20th century in the university and the clinic — was replaced by the dogma that it was a brain disorder.

Although Psychiatry could find no evidence of a brain disorder, it claimed if it kept searching eventually it would find the evidence.

Dr Peter Breggin, a psychiatrist and former student of Szasz became a spokesperson for the dissident position from the 1980s to the present. Breggin chronicles that Psychiatry began to undergo a financial crisis in the 1980s when due to rising popularity of psychotherapy starting in the 1960s, clients sought out less expensive therapists without medical degrees. To recover their hegemony and financial advantages, the American Psychiatric Association decided in 1980 to renounce a century-old practice banning, soliciting, or even accepting contributions from the pharmaceutical industry. This was a watershed––the medical model in biological form experienced a resurgence and the Psychiatric-Pharmaceutical-Industrial complex was born. As Peter Breggin wrote,“The floodgates were opened and would grow wider each year…Whatever function APA had ever fulfilled as a professional organization was now superseded by its function as a political advocate for the advancement of psychiatric and pharmaceutical interests.” (Toxic Psychiatry, 1991, New York: St Martin’s Press, p 355.)

Once again Psychiatry proved its understanding of problems in living was based on its own subjective fantasies, defined as reality by the authorities. Although Psychiatry claimed they had suddenly become more scientific and realized mental illnesses were really brain disorders, this transformation of the view of pathology, just like the transformation in 1973 of the view of homosexuality, was caused by changes within Psychiatry — its merger with the pharmaceutical industry — that led to a change in its collective cultural fantasy which it has the power to present to the public as reality.

Let me be clear, I am not denying that there is a relationship between the mind and the body. I am aware that physical stress contributes to emotional problems, and I am aware that emotional problems are reflected in the individual’s body and brain. But none of this justifies importing medical categories, medical “diagnoses” into the realm of human psychology and interpersonal relationships. Physical illnesses are based on biological facts whereas “mental illnesses” are based almost entirely upon psychiatric fantasies about patients. Psychodiagnosis works as social control but not as medicine or therapy. Because psychiatric diagnoses are derogatory evaluations about clients’ minds, they undermine clients’ self-confidence and thus become self-fulfilling prophecies. .

Even the leading establishment figures in Psychiatry now admit that psychiatric diagnoses are purely subjective, admit there is no evidence of any “chemical imbalance” — even as they try to hold on to “the medical model” — what I call medicalism — even as they continue the centuries’ long search for “defects” in the brains of the “mentally ill.” Thus Thomas Insel, the Director of the National Institute of Mental Health wrote in 2013 on the eve of the publication of the long-awaited 5th edition of the psychiatric Bible, The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (the first edition was published in 1952, the DSM-IV was published in 1994, and the revised edition of DSM-IV was published in 2000) that the weakness of the manual was “ its lack of validity.” “Unlike our definitions of ischemic heart disease, lymphoma, or AIDS, the DSM diagnoses are based on a consensus about clusters of clinical symptoms, not any objective laboratory measure.” (See “The NIMH Withdraws Support for DSM-5Psychology Today, May, 2013. Accessed 2016.)

Even the Chairman of the Committee, Allen Frances, which composed the 4th edition of the DSM, had a change of heart and became a critic of the DSM — he admitted diagnoses were subjective. “There are no objective tests in psychiatry that say definitively that someone does or does not have a mental disorder.” (Mental Disorders: The Facts Behind the Marketing Campaign/CCHR, Accessed 2013.) His book Saving Normal argues that the DSM-5 classifies all kinds of normal behaviors as mental illnesses. (As indicated by the title, Frances wanted to restrict the application of the medical model in the helping professions, not to eliminate it.) For example, mourning the death of a parent or spouse or one’s partner for more than 2 weeks is interpreted by the DSM-5 (the DSM-IV required more than 2 months of grieving for the person to be deemed mentally ill) as a symptom of a “clinical depression,” not as a natural response to loss. The change reflects the increased symbiosis of psychiatric and drug companies. Defining mourning as a clinical depression enables the drug companies to significantly increase their markets, “If, for two weeks after losing the love of your life, you have sadness, loss of interest, trouble sleeping and eating and less energy, the DSM-5 now allows a drug salesman to teach the doctor that this is major depressive disorder and requires a pill,” Frances said. (Julie Deardorff, “Defining the Subtleties of Grief,” Chicago Tribune, March 5, 2014.)

The prototypical act of defiance of the psychiatric-pharmaceutical complex is refusing to take one’s “meds.” I began graduate school in the late 1970s. Since that time the canard has become received wisdom in society: patients who don’t take their “meds” have a resistance to getting well. This canard overlooks the sickening “side effects” of psychiatric drugs. It is a myth that these drugs are designed to cure or correct the “chemical imbalances” of mental disorders. The drugs have a sedating effect on all persons (as well as numerous unpleasant side effects) — well-suited for managing “mental patients” in a state hospital (where they were all warehoused until “deinstitutionalization” in the 1960s). Those who take these drugs for more than 2 years tend to develop brain damage that often mimics the symptoms of “psychosis” and makes a full recovery from “psychosis” almost impossible.

Author and award-winning medical journalist Robert Whitaker writes, “I think science is telling us that antipsychotics, on the whole, worsen long-term outcomes, even when prescribed for ‘clear cut psychiatric disorders,’ and thus, if psychiatry wants to develop evidence-based protocols, it needs to figure out how to minimize their long-term use. And that is a belief that directly challenges the conventional wisdom…” (See for example Robert Whitaker’s “evidence based” discussion of his investigation in his reply to psychiatrist Allen Frances at PeteEarley.com, “Robert Whitaker Explains His Research After Being Pigeonholed as Anti-Medication,” see also Whitaker, Anatomy of an Epidemic.)

Those who resist Psychiatry’s drugs (or ministrations) are “non-compliant” or “treatment resistant” patients — they arouse the anger and contempt of mental health professionals. The fact that psychiatric treatment is unsuccessful with “schizophrenics” — and causes severe health problems does not prompt a reevaluation of their treatments because the goal of the public mental health system is maintaining social control, and selling psychiatric drugs. The fusion of mental health with the pharmaceutical industry makes change virtually impossible — there is too much to lose.

Thomas Szasz believed that pseudo-medical explanations of problems in living had no objective referent, that “mental illness” was a myth, that the medical procedures of Psychiatry were mere ceremonies intended to make psychiatrists look like real doctors — and there is a plethora of ceremonies and narrative designed to mystify clients and the public. Thus he wrote in Insanity: The Idea and Its Consequences, “Explanations [of mental illness] in 20th century have run into the 100s if not thousands. Methods are equally numerous. Seeing through the riddle of mental illness is not so much like seeing the emperor is naked but rather more like realizing that the emperor’s wardrobe is rich and dazzling beyond the dreams even of emperors but that there is no emperor.” (Szasz, 1997, NY: Syracuse University Press.)

 

Back to Top

The Deep State on Trial

Let us first imagine we are putting the Deep State on trial, as a thought-experiment. The criminal, the defendant, is the Deep State — I do this in an effort to establish the validity of the TI metanarrative. If the Deep State exists and commits the crimes alleged by TIs, this does not prove every self-identified TI is a TI. But it proves some are — and the possibility must be weighed by every mental health professional that people claiming to be undergoing the kinds of experiences and tortures described in the TI meta-narrative may be genuine TIs. If the TI metanarrative is false, than every TI is really “psychotic.” The lawyer for the prosecution would want to exclude certain kinds of people from the jury because they could not decide fairly whether the Deep State was guilty — e.g., people in the employ of the Deep State, very pro-establishment people who think our government can do no wrong. For example, McPhate, following the psychiatric narrative claims, or at least implies, not that some TIs are psychotic but that almost all self- identified TIs are psychotic. (He does not discuss those who are not psychotics–he merely qualifies his assertions.) Someone with an a priori commitment to that viewpoint would not be able to objectively judge.

Let us consider first the obstacles faced by the prosecutor of the Deep State. The lawyer for the prosecution would have a number of obstacles to overcome. Several come to mind.

1) First, the average person has read nothing in the newspapers about TIs–except perhaps articles claiming they are psychotic. We tend to assume that what we have not heard of does not exist.

2) It is hard for most people to believe that the US government would subject its own citizens to torture. It is hard to believe that the government would violate the very Constitution upon which it rests.

3) Few people have heard of the advanced technology which the TI metanarrative claims to be in use. This is not reported in the Press and it sounds like “science fiction.”

4) Most people think only TIs or only psychotics are making these kind of claims. But it is not only TIs — covert psychotics from the psychiatric perspective — who make these claims. They are also made by highly accomplished former employees of the Deep State, the CIA, NSA, etc. These expert witnesses make the same kind of claims made by the TIs. In McPhate’s article, they are virtually ignored — he interviewed some of them but then failed to quote them or misrepresented them. People know Edward Snowden — no one has accused him of psychosis — but Snowden discussed only the prevalence of surveillance, not the existence of neuro-surveillance, “mind control,” no-touch torture, non-consensual experimentation on people with directed energy neuro-weaponry.

5) Another element in the TI’s metanarrative is group stalking — the mental health professionals claim credibly that it is very unlikely that such tremendous resources would be mobilized against one person. To the average person group stalking indeed seems odd and unreasonable. And there is no rationale for such alleged activities. (It is revealing that FOIA documents have shown that CIA assets in the media in the 1960s were instructed to emphasize how improbable a large operation would be, and impossible to keep secret; Alex Constantine, 1997, p 42, Virtual Government: CIA Operations, Los Angeles: Feral House).

6) The very formidable obstacle I tried to debunk above — belief in the validity of the mental­ health system in general, and in particular in the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs itself, which claims that virtually all TIs are delusional, are psychotics, and thus everything they claim about Deep State operations are just symptoms of their pathology.

Let me briefly touch on each of these points. We do not have to rely on TIs or victims to ascertain that the CIA and the military has subjected Americans to harmful experiments to further the various goals of the CIA and later the NSA, although anyone seriously investigating the issue would take victims’ accounts into consideration. The Church Committee was formed in the late 1970s to investigate CIA covert experiments. During the same period President Ford appointed the Rockefeller Commission. On the Senate floor, Senator Ted Kennedy summarized the results of the Church Committee investigations:

The Deputy Director of the CIA revealed that over thirty universities and institutions were involved in an ‘extensive testing and experimentation’ program which included covert drug tests on unwitting citizens ‘at all social levels, high and low, native Americans and foreign.’ Several of these tests involved the administration of LSD to ‘unwitting subjects in social situations.’ At least one death [Frank Olson’s], resulted from these activities.” (WikiSpooks/Project MKUltra)

But that was an understatement. The Church and Rockefeller Committees found this program consisted of 149 projects at 80 universities and other institutions involving drug testing and a variety of other studies on unwitting human subjects, including numerous studies using electromagnetic technologies. (Byron Belitsos, “The Covert Use of Energy Weapons for Political Control, accessed July, 2016.)

The Church Committee investigation was hampered by the fact that CIA director, Richard Helms destroyed the files on MK-Ultra in 1973 when he feared there would be an investigation. The Committee relied upon participants in the program for evidence -– they admitted secretively administering LSD (e.g., slipping it into subjects’ drinks at a party) to unwitting subjects. A memo in 1952 indicated the purpose of the program: “Can we get control of an individual to the point where he will do our bidding against his will and even against fundamental laws of nature, such as self-preservation?” (See WikiSpooks/Project ARTICHOKE accessed July, 2016, cited in Gordon Thomas, G., Journey into Madness. The Secret Story of Secret CIA Mind Control and Medical Abuse.) New York: Bantam, 1990). One can think of many military applications of such powers, whether directed against foreigners or Americans.

The US General Accounting Office issued a report in 1994 that summarized the findings of previous commissions, making clear that the program was conducted jointly by the CIA and the Department of Defense and casting doubt on the volunteer status of US soldiers who were among the subjects in these experiments. The report stated “Working with the CIA, the Department of Defense gave hallucinogenic drugs to thousands of ‘volunteer’ soldiers in the 1950s and 1960s. In addition to LSD, the Army also tested quinuclidinyl benzilate, a hallucinogen code-named BZ. Many of these tests were conducted under the so-called MKULTRA program, established to counter perceived Soviet and Chinese advances in brainwashing techniques.” (WikiSpooks/Project MKUltra, accessed July, 2016.) Although there was only one documented death (Helms had destroyed the files), one need not have an overly vivid imagination to envision the adverse effects of unknowingly ingesting LSD.

On January 15, 1994, President Bill Clinton formed the Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments (ACHRE), chaired by Ruth Faden, Ph.D., MPH of the Johns Hopkins Berman Institute of Bioethics. ACHRE made clear that since the 1940s the Atomic Energy Commission had been sponsoring tests on the effects of radiation on the human body. American citizens who had checked into hospitals for a variety of ailments were secretly injected with varying amounts of plutonium and other radioactive materials without their knowledge. These experiments included other populations such as orphans given irradiated milk, children injected with radioactive materials, prisoners in Washington and Oregon state prisons. In other words, the Military and Intelligence was carrying out Dr Mengele experiments upon American citizens. Much of the experimentation was carried out in order to determine how the human body metabolizes radioactive materials, information that could be used by the Departments of Energy and Defense in Cold War in war planning. (Wikipedia/Human Radiation Experiments.)

Numerous human radiation experiments have been performed in the United States, many of which were funded by various U.S. government agencies such as the United States Department of Defense and the United States Atomic Energy Commission. Researchers had a pattern of choosing the most vulnerable people, but soldiers were also a group heavily exposed to experimentation.

Experiments included, but were not limited to:

feeding radioactive material to mentally disabled children [4]

exposing U.S. soldiers and prisoners to high levels of radiation [4]

irradiating the testicles of prisoners, which caused severe birth defects [4]

(U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on Energy and Commerce, Subcommittee on Energy Conservation and Power. American Nuclear Guinea Pigs: Three Decades of Radiation Experiments on US. Citizens. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office. Cited in Wikipedia/Human Radiation Experimentsaccessed July, 2016.)

The Washington Times summarized in 1994 the findings of ACHRE: “At least 500,000 people were used as subjects in Cold War era radiation, biological and chemical experiments sponsored by the federal government, a congressional agency said yesterday…the tests conducted ranged from radiation to biological and chemical agents like mustard gas and LSD.” (See p. 46, Nick Begich, 2006, Controlling the Human Mind, Anchorage, Alaska, Earthpulse Press.)

Byron Belitsos notes, “By 1963, 1,200 nuclear weapons tests conducted at the Nevada test site had exposed every person in the U.S. to deadly radioactive fallout, causing millions of fetal deaths, spontaneous abortions, stillbirths, and birth defects. The U.S. government also conducted over 4,000 radiation experiments on individual human test subjects without their informed consent. The delayed effects of decades of radiation exposure from weapons testing are today demonstrated by a U.S. population plagued with epidemic cancer and heart disease, neurological disorders, low fertility, chronic fatigue, obesity (thyroid involvement), immune system dysfunction and learning disabilities.” (Byron Belitsos, “The Covert Use of Energy Weapons for Political Control, accessed July, 2016.)

Anyone familiar with these experiments, documented by the U.S. government, should know that neither the military nor the CIA has any compunction about harming American citizens — thus familiarity with this history removes one of the major obstacles to accepting the TI meta-narrative. Nor can we dismiss these acts as something that happened in the past, and would not happen in our ostensibly more enlightened era. It is true that covert non-consensual experiments were officially banned by US Congress after the Church Committee findings. But no one was held accountable, no one went to prison, no one paid any fines, no one lost a job — this fact was not lost upon later whistle-blowers post-9/11 who were prosecuted for revealing criminal activities by the Deep State.

In the history of exposure of Deep State malfeasance, only the whistle-blowers themselves are punished. In the light of this lack of accountability, is it feasible to assume experiments on humans ceased? Did Deep State violations of the Constitution of which the public is aware cease after Bush? Obama of course refused to hold anyone accountable, and in office he carried out the same policy as Bush of shielding the state from scrutiny or litigation. It is significant that McPhate wrote, ironically, “The military establishment, the theory goes, never gave up on the ambitions of MK Ultra, the C.I.A.’s infamous program to control the mind in the 1950s and ’60s.” Without any evidence that he has studied the history of the CIA, he makes a patronizing tongue-in-cheek comment about TIs, as if the belief that the military continued its efforts to gain power over the human mind was such a far-fetched idea. “Hear no evil, see no evil, speak no evil” seems to be McPhate’s guiding principle.

Whistle-blowers since the origins of the CIA have made profound and searing criticisms of their former employers. The most scathing indictment of the Deep State has originally come from former agents, not from its victims (the victims, increasingly including prodigious scholars, are now catching up with former spies, journalists and scholars, in the production of analyses, exposures and histories) — although any agent who criticizes the Deep State becomes a potential victim. Many former employees have argued that the Deep State is totalitarian, and that America today is no longer a democratic republic — some have claimed it is guilty of crimes similar to the Nazi regime. (I will not discuss here Operation Paperclip — under which Nazi scientists were brought to the US to work for the military and US intelligence.) Those who became critics were among the most highly intelligent, patriotic, and morally principled people in the country. Their testimony and experiences vitiate the widespread public belief that the agencies of the Deep State protect the national security and freedom of Americans. It is because of this assumption that many Americans do not object to being placed under surveillance. And because of this they do not believe the TI metanarrative which posits that the protection of American citizens is not one of the primary goals of the Deep State — although law and order may be, or at least order — and that agencies of the Deep State have been willing to harm or put at risk the safety of American citizens in pursuit of other goals.

 

Back to Top

The CIA Assassination of its Own Agent––Protecting Whose Security?

We learn about the Deep State both from what whistle-blowers reveal and from what we see the Deep State is willing to do to silence whistle-blowers, to preserve its own secrecy, its own autonomy and lack of accountability to organs of the American people––to the Congress, to the Senate. Of course increasingly the Legislature defaults on its oversight responsibility, increasingly the Executive shields the Deep State from scrutiny–-thus shattering the foundation of Constitutional government. The belief that the government would never harm American citizens is shattered, thousands if not hundreds of thousands of its victims have been Americans. The Deep State goes to great lengths to preserve the secrecy of its programs, which is why so few people are aware of them.

Frank Olson might have become the first CIA whistle-blower but he died before he had a chance to reveal any secrets. But Frank Olson’s death was not self-inflicted as his son Eric Olson discovered– and many mainstream journalists and writers agreed. Olson is a psychologist who was determined to unravel the mystery of his father’s death and ultimately to be the voice for his father’s own moral doubts about the CIA. Michael Ignatieff, a friend of Eric Olson, writing in The New York Times Magazine reviews the findings of Olson, and it leads almost inexorably to the conclusion that the CIA assassinated his father (“CIA; What Did the CIA Do To His  Father?”). When the Olson family was issued a formal apology by President Ford and CIA Director William Colby in 1975, they were told their father was a military officer who was given LSD unknowingly as a part of MK-Ultra — this ostensibly led Olson to become deeply depressed and commit suicide. The family was given $750,000 by an act of Congress, and the matter was finished. But it wasn’t. The story was a cover story — and Colby and Ford had lied. And the CIA lied to the Press.

His son writes, “In 1952 Frank Olson [a leading biochemist] was acting chief of the Special Operations Division at Detrick; at the time of his death in 1953 he was SOD’s director of planning and evaluations. The Special Operations Divison at Detrick was the government’s most secret biological weapons laboratory.” Frank Olson knew — that despite vehement denials by the American government at the time — the United States was using biological weapons, including anthrax, in the Korean War. Considering that Olson had decided to resign from the CIA, this fact made Eric suspicious of the CIA account of his father’s alleged suicide.

He had his father’s body exhumed, and a forensic team, led by James Starrs of George Washington University, discovered “a blow to Olson’s temple which caused a fist-size bleed under the skin.” They concluded that someone had hit/knocked Olson out with a blow to the head and then dropped him out the window. Armed with this evidence, Eric persuaded Manhattan District Attorney Robert Morgenau in April, 1996, to subpoena a grand jury to examine the evidence for commission of homicide. During the course of this investigation (which found insufficient evidence to go to trial — perhaps because of the sudden death of a prospective witness, former CIA director Colby), Eric also learned that Olson’s death is taught as a case study of “the perfect murder” at the Mossad Training School outside Tel Aviv — this has been confirmed by two former Mossad agents, Ari Ben-Menashe and Victor Ostrovsky. (Family Statement on the Murder of Frank Olson.) 

A letter by the DA was sent to former CIA director William Colby, asking for an interview about Olson. There is evidence that Colby at this point himself felt moral qualms and was ready to spill the beans (Jeffrey Steinberg, “It Did Not Start with Abu Ghraib/Dick Cheney: Vice President for Torture and War“, Executive Intelligence Review, November 11, 2005, Accessed July 2016.) But a few days after receiving the letter Colby died in an alleged canoeing accident in the river near his Maryland home. According to newspaper accounts, much of which his wife contested — she was out of town at the time of Colby’s death — Colby went canoeing at night time (something he had never done before, according to his wife) without wearing his life vest. His computer was on and his dinner half eaten. Colby’s death helped kill the investigation.

It was around this time that Eric Olson had an epiphany, “In 1997, after the C.I.A. inadvertently declassified an assassination manual dating from late 1953, Eric Olson was able to read the following: ‘The most efficient accident, in simple assassination, is a fall of 75 feet or more onto a hard surface. Elevator shafts, stairwells, unscreened windows and bridges will serve. . .’ The manual went on to recommend a blow to the temple to stun the subject first: ‘In chase cases it will usually be necessary to stun or drug the subject before dropping him.’ Reading this passage at the kitchen table in Frederick, Eric realized that “dropped” was the right word.” (Ignatieff, NY Times, op.cit.)

Norman Cournoyer, one of Frank Olson’s oldest friends, called Eric in 2001 after reading the article in the Times. Frank Olson began work on interrogations methods for the CIA in the late 1940s. These were designed to extract information from even the most uncooperative subjects with the help of drugs and torture. Olson confided in Cournoyer (who also had top security clearance) that in 1953 he had been witness to more than one murder by interrogation––largely of Soviet spies. For most of the time, Olson remained in the CIA laboratory in the US.

But in 1950 he traveled to Europe and witnessed the CIA interrogations there — often “terminal”– of “expendables” including double agents, Soviet spies, and Nazi war criminals. Olson asked his friend: “Norm, did you ever see a man die? I did. People being interrogated died.” He told Cournoyer he was getting out of the CIA. He also told Cournoyer that the US was manufacturing biological weapons and he assumed had used it against the Koreans. By this point Eric concluded his father was murdered because the CIA concluded he was a security risk. Cournoyer agreed. “Was there reason for your Dad being killed by the CIA? I believe so,” he told Olson on German TV. (Jeffrey Steinberg, “It Did Not Start with Abu Ghraib/Dick Cheney: Vice President for Torture and War“, Executive Intelligence Review, November 11, 2005, Accessed July 2016.)

Author Gordon Thomas spoke to Dr William Sargant, the British psychiatrist who worked on CIA mind control experiments and examined Olson at the request of the CIA after he began to have moral qualms about his work. “Sargant told me he believed Frank Olson had witnessed murder being committed with the various drugs he had prepared. The shock of what he witnessed, Sargant believed, was all the harder to cope with given that Frank Olson was a patriotic man who believed that the United States would never sanction such acts….He decided Frank Olson could pose a security risk.” He conveyed this information to Olson’s superiors at the CIA. When he learned of his death “he came to the immediate conclusion that Olson only could have been murdered,” Thomas wrote to Eric. (Jeffrey Steinberg, “It Did Not Start with Abu Ghraib/Dick Cheney: Vice President for Torture and War“, Executive Intelligence Review, November 11, 2005, Accessed July 2016.)

Olson was invited to a meeting at Deep Creek a week before his death. The meeting was attended by future CIA director and head of covert operations, Richard Helms, as well as Sidney Gottlieb (one of the leaders of MK-Ultra). Gottlieb secretly spiked Olson’s cocktail with LSD. The real purpose of the meeting was to determine through using LSD if Olson would reveal the secret he knew upon leaving the CIA. Evidently they determined Olson was a “security risk.” As Steinberg put it, “What is clear and what was also clear to Frank Olson in the final weeks of his life is that he became a target of the very torture/interrogation techniques that he had witnessed in Europe. Returning from the LSD interrogation at Deep Creek Lake, he told his wife ‘I made a terrible mistake.’” (Jeffrey Steinberg, “It Did Not Start with Abu Ghraib/Dick Cheney: Vice President for Torture and War“, Executive Intelligence Review, November 11, 2005, Accessed July 2016.)

Eric finally concluded about his father, “He died because of security concerns regarding disavowed programs of terminal interrogation and the use of biological weapons in Korea.”

Eric has finally decades later given his father a voice from beyond the grave. (Family Statement on the Murder of Frank Olson.) 

The question must be asked: Whose security? Certainly not the security of the American people. The US was committing war crimes and violating international law by using biological weapons. These actions were risks to the security of all people. Their disclosure would have embarrassed the US government and would have resulted in the firing and resignation of people in government. It was their own security Olson’s superiors were worried about. Had Olson become a whistle-blower, international law would have been strengthened and the people of the world would have been protected against the risk of an epidemic caused by biological weapons.

The Frank Olson case reveals the CIA’s involvement in the creation and manufacture of illegal and dangerous weapons, its murder of those used as guinea pigs in its testing of interrogation methods, its willingness to assassinate one of its own agents, and its ability to enlist even the US President in a cover-up of the assassination of Frank Olson. Here we see even in its embryonic form the Deep State acting with flagrant disregard for human life, for the Constitution, and for the United Nations and international law. For the Deep State the Enemy is not merely another country — it’s here within. Even the CIA’s own agents are murdered if they try to leave the organization, or if they are deemed to present a “security risk.”

And, revealingly, Eric told Ignatieff he was regarded as mentally disturbed by many of his critics — just as TIs are today. Ignatieff wrote, “Eric knows that to charge the most secretive agency of American government with murder is to incur the suspicion that you have become deranged by anger, grief, paranoia, greed or a combination of all four. ‘Eric is crazy, Eric is obsessed,’he says, mimicking his accusers.” (Ignatieff, “CIA; What Did the CIA Do To His  Father?”)

 

Back to Top

Whistle-Blowers Post-9/11

Thomas Drake knows the power of the National Security Agency all too well. He is a former senior executive of the U.S. National Security Agency (NSA), a decorated United States Air Force and United States Navy veteran, and a whistle-blower. Drake’s crime seems to have been telling a reporter about fraud — specifically about NSA’s purchasing an Internet data collection system that cost billions of dollars more than necessary and that collected so much data that it resulted in Constitutional violations of privacy. This was the famous Trailblazer system — Drake argued like William Binney and several other NSA whistle-blowers that by choosing his tool instead of Thin Thread, the NSA was putting their own influence and power over the public good, over the nation. These men had been attracted to the NSA precisely because of their patriotism and desire to be of service to the nation. When they found there was a conflict they chose loyalty to nation — at great personal sacrifice.

Drake went to the press only after following prescribed channels of redress for Constitutional wrongs, only after failing to get NSA inspectors or Congress to take remedial action. The Justice Department in 2010 raided his house and charged him under the 1917 Espionage Act with violations that carried a penalty of up to 35 years in prison. But they dropped the charges when no evidence linked him to spying or a foreign power. The judge in the case called the prosecution “unconscionable.” Drake is the 2011 recipient of the Ridenhour Prize for Truth-Telling and co-recipient of the Sam Adams Associates for Integrity in Intelligence (SAAII) award. The government also took away his security clearance. He now works as a clerk in an Apple computer store…(Vocativ, September 19, 2013, “Should the NSA Be Dismantled?”, accessed July, 2016 ).

In excerpts from Thomas Drake’s SAAII award acceptance speech, he clearly formulates the nature of the conflict between the NSA and the republic.

With all the unitary executive privilege, all the secrecy and exigent conditions used as the excuse to torture, deny due process, and engage in off-the-books electronic surveillance, Jesselyn Raddick [his lawyer, and a whistle-blower herself, when working for Department of Justice] and I followed all the rules as whistle-blowers until it fundamentally conflicted with our oath to uphold the Constitution. Then we both made a fateful choice to exercise our First Amendment rights. We went to the press with patently unclassified information, about which the public had a right to know.

However rather than address its own corruption, ineptitude, and illegality, the government made us targets of federal criminal leak investigations, part of a vicious campaign against whistle-blowers that started under Bush and has now come to full fruition under Obama …We were transmogrified from public servants trying to improve our government, into traitors and enemies of the state. The government subjected us to severe retaliation that started with forcing us from our jobs as career public servants, rendering us unemployed and unemployable, while swinging a wrecking ball into the conditions of our jobs, in my case a security clearance, and in Jesselyn’s case, state bar licensure. We were blacklisted and no longer had a stream of income, while simultaneously incurring attorneys’ fees and necessitating second mortgages on our respective homes. But that was nothing compared to the overkill reprisal to come, placement on the no-fly list for Jesselyn and prosecution under the Espionage Act for me.

What we experienced sends unequivocally a chilling message, an unequivocally chilling message about what the government can and will do when one speaks truth to power: a direct form of political repression and censorship. If sharing issues of significant and even grave public concern which do not in any way compromise our national security is now considered a criminal act, we have strayed far from what our founding fathers envisioned. When exercising First Amendment rights is now considered espionage, this is anathema to a free, open, and democratic government….

Before the war on terrorism, our country well recognized the importance of free speech, privacy, legal counsel, and the right to be free from cruel and unusual punishment.. These are the hallmarks of tyranny and despotism, not democracy, and are…alien to the Constitution and our American way of life.

We did not take an oath to see secrecy and subterfuge used as cover for subverting the Constitution and violating the law. Our oath to the Constitution took primacy.

And today we have a frightening lack of responsibility and accountability within the national security complex, and it poses — I will mince no words here — it poses a direct threat to all our personal freedoms, as well as a clear and present danger to our constitutional republic….Our government has profoundly lost its constitutional compass and it’s been tainted to its core. And yet it is our enshrined liberties, it is our enshrined liberties that are our national security. What country do we want to keep?…

Jesselyn and I took an oath to support and defend the Constitution, not an oath of loyalty to the organization…We blew the whistle because we saw grave injustice and wrongdoing occurring within our respective organizations.

In my recently successfully concluded case that ended decisively in my favor, the government wanted to put me away in prison for many, many years in fact, at one point they threatened me with 35 years in prison — for simply telling the truth as a whistle-blower and exposing government wrongdoing and illegalities. The government found out everything they could about…me over many years, before I was even indicted. Having this secret ability…to collect and analyze data with few if any substantial constraints…is seductively powerful, and when …done in secret, it is the ultimate form of control over another...

Modern governments today increasingly perform mass surveillance of their citizens — explaining that they believe that it’s necessary to protect them from dangerous groups such as terrorists, criminals, or politically subversive dissenters — in order to track the citizenry and maintain social control. Read the history books. We are fast approaching a genuine surveillance society in the United States, a dark Orwellian future where every move, our every transaction, our every communication, and our every contact is recorded, compiled, and stored away, ready to be examined and used against us by the authorities whenever they want to at any time.

Five centuries ago, Machiavelli explained how to undertake a revolution from above without most people even noticing. On his Discourses on Livy, he wrote that one, quote, “must at least retain the semblance of the old forms; so that it may seem to the people that there has been no change in the institutions, even though in fact they are entirely different from the old ones”, unquote. In other words, keep the old government structures; meanwhile, you make profound changes to the actual system, because the appearances are all that most people notice. So, today, instead of seeing the mere corpse of the republic in which we supposedly live, we only see the clothing. We have had a quiet revolution that has not eliminated our elected representatives; it has simply made them largely irrelevant…

Being a student of history, I consider the immediate aftermath of World War II as a real turning point, when the American dream began to go south, at the very moment when the U.S. sat astride the world at the pinnacle of power. And…this is when the American republic began its transformation to a national security state and then exponentially accelerated as a result of 9/11 into a top-secret America…

With such a massively expanded ability by the government to spy on your personal life, we might as well bid adieu to the Fourth Amendment, the foundation of a citizen’s integrity as an individual person…as well as your ability to speak and associate freely with others under the Fourth Amendment.

Consider the conviction, as I summarized now for you, held by this country’s founding fathers, that a functioning constitutional republic and democracy requires what? An informed citizenry. So what happens in the case of an uninformed citizenry? The experiment in government by the people is doomed to failure and would inevitably transform into what we increasingly see today.

Do we want to continue to have a burgeoning military-industrial-congressional- intelligence-surveillance-cybersecurity-media complex? For whom does it benefit? Do we want to concede the eroding of basic human rights? Why?..

So I leave you with this as I channel Frederick Douglass. On August 3, 1857, Frederick Douglass delivered a West India Emancipation speech. At Canandaigua, New York, on the 23rd anniversary of the event, he said, quote, “..Those who profess to favor freedom and yet deprecate agitation are men who want crops without plowing up the ground; they want rain without thunder and lightning. They want the ocean without the awful roar of its many waters.” “Power and those in control concede nothing without a demand. They never have and they never will.” Let me translate into today’s language. Every one of us, every one of us in this room and beyond this room, each and every one of us must keep demanding, must keep fighting, must keep thundering, must keep plowing, must keep on keeping things struggling, must speak out, and must speak up until justice is served, because where there is no justice there can be no peace.” (Real News Network, Nov 4, 2012, “Whistleblower Threatened with 35 Years of Tyranny, Warns of Impending Tyranny“) 

Drake was not aware of the torture of TIs. But would he have been shocked by it? Does it conflict with his understanding of what the Deep State is able and willing to do? Obviously not.

William Binney learned the same lesson. He worked for the NSA for 30 years, and resigned in 2001. Binney was a Russia specialist who started work in NSA as an analyst and became successively a Technical Director, and then a geopolitical world Technical Director. In the 1990s, he co-founded a unit on automating signals Intelligence. His career culminated as Technical Leader for Intelligence in 2001. Having expertise in intelligence analysis, traffic analysis, systems analysis, knowledge management, and mathematics (including set theory, number theory, and probability), Binney has been described as one of the best analysts in the NSA’s history. Binney complained to the Department of Defense in 2002 that NSA had wasted taxpayer money by buying a data collection system — Trailblazer — that collected 20 trillion communication transactions of American citizens. Binney was particularly angry because he believed the surfeit of information prevented them from detecting 9/11.

Binney’s outspoken criticism of the agency subjected him to reprisals. On July 2007, after The New York Times reported on the government’s warrantless wiretapping, the FBI broke into his house with guns drawn and confiscated his computers and business records. Although he was cleared of wrong-doing the NSA revoked his security clearance forcing him to close his business at a cost of $300,000 a year. (See Wikipedia/William Binney/U.S. Intelligence Official.)

Binney described his arrest:

“The first I knew the FBI was in my house was the guy pointing a gun at me when I was coming out of the shower. That’s the first I knew. My son let them in, and they pushed him out of the way at gunpoint, and then they came up into my bedroom and pointed guns at my wife and me, so that’s the first I knew they were there. And it surprised me. I said: “Well, what are you doing here? I’ve been cooperating with you, telling you everything I know about this, everybody involved in this program, so why are you doing this?” Basically they wanted me to tell them something that would implicate someone in a crime, OK? The point was they were after Diane Roark because they didn’t like her, and also Tom Drake…Then they told me they thought I was lying to them,…So then I started to get mad. I said: “OK, you want to know what the crime is? Bush, Cheney, Hayden, and Tenet were the central conspirators to subvert the Constitution and the laws of the United States, and here is how they did it. The raid took about seven hours — they were there from 9:00 in the morning to the middle of the afternoon, and they took my computer, all the electronic hardware, discs and things that go with that…” (PBS Frontline/United States of Secrets/William Binney.)

On May 31, 2016, Binney told Loud & Clear host Brian Becker on Radio Sputnik, “They [the NSA] don’t care what they do, they feel that they have the right to do anything that they feel necessary, and they will cover up crimes and procedures and violations of regulations that they’ve done to achieve whatever their ends are.” This is a man who worked for NSA for decades, and became increasingly disillusioned with policies after he became a whistle-blower. “The president can declare anyone a terrorist threat and have the military take them off the street, anywhere, and incarcerate them indefinitely without any due process. Those are violations of fundamental rights of the Constitution,” he explained. “That’s exactly what Special Order 48 issued by the Nazis in 1933 did, right after the Reichstag fire. It says almost exactly the same thing.” (Sputnik News, May 31, 2016, “NSA Surveillance Takes a Page from Nazi Germany“, accessed July, 2016). 

In early October, 2016, William Binney and Kurt Wiebe, another whistle-blower who used to be an analyst for the NSA, in an interview with Ella Felder, told her and the several hundred TIs who were listening in on a mass telephone conference call that they had made a commitment to expose the plight of TIs. Wiebe explained that he did not know about TIs when he was at the NSA:

“We understand the predicament you are in, we have been in similar situations but don’t give up the faith — just because we haven’t seen it at NSA or CIA doesn’t mean a doggone thing…NSA and CIA work in compartmented areas, or on a Need to Know basis. We do know government has a history of experimentation against people, and the DOD has authorization to conduct experiments on people, sometimes with consent, some without consent. We know government has the power to deliver all kinds of aggressive measures against people.” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, October 16, 2016, NSA Whistleblower Powerhouses Stand Up to Support “Targeted Individuals” Worldwide”)

Binney said they were planning on doing research and compiling reports from TIs,

“And then finally, we’ll try to put together recommendations on how people should proceed, to try and prove what is happening with them specifically with compiled evidence — in such a way that you can bring the evidence into a court of law. We’re trying to use the discipline that we use for our data analysis, that would be demonstrable in a court of law.”

Binney, Drake and others escaped the most punitive arm of the Deep State. The two most famous whistle-blowers were not so fortunate. Bradley/Chelsea Manning was the most unfortunate of the whistleblowers. For his service to humanity in exposing US war crimes, this young man/now woman received a formal sentence of 35 years. Political dissidents from Noam Chomsky to Daniel Ellsberg hailed him as a national hero, while politicians called him a traitor. Edward Snowden, who exposed the surveillance Panopticon, is more fortunate than Manning—he is forced to live in exile in Russia.

 

Back to Top

TIs and No-Touch Torture

TIs are plagued by basically two categories of what they experience as torture or harassment: 1) group stalking and 2) subjugation to experimentation with neuro-weaponry, and directed energy weapons. The first class of experiences is deemed highly improbable by Sheridan and James, and thus those who experience them are “delusional.” The second class is supposedly impossible.

Sheridan and James write concerning allegations of group stalking: “the resources or elaborate organization required to carry them out made the alleged activities highly improbable.” They give several examples: “hostile operatives being inserted in victim’s workplace and their children’s schools; 24-hour electronic surveillance involving teams of men in black vans; surveillance by cameras placed throughout the city; staff of shops and libraries being amongst the group stalkers; everyone in the street being ‘plants’ acting out roles towards the victim; ‘more than a thousand’ people being involved; traffic lights being manipulated always to go red on approach… collaboration between diverse agencies, such as the Automobile Association, a building society, a website, and neighbors.”

Below is a description of an example of group-stalking by Ramola D. She describes two changes in her life; first, the relocation of her family to a suburban neighborhood in Massachusetts, and then the transition that occurs when she becomes a TI. The rich prose and the very thick detailed descriptions give the account a sense of realism that one would not typically find in descriptions by “psychotics.”

Over the last couple years, after we moved up to the Boston area from Washington DC in the summer of 2011, I have been working mostly from home on various writing projects, editing a literary journal, and running creativity workshops and summer camps in art, science, and writing for children, as well as working at local academic institutions nearby. I’ve had a real taste this way of the quiet, lazy feel of the South Shore; I’ve enjoyed the ambience of living in a “settled” hundred-year old neighborhood in Quincy filled with stately, long-lasting oaks and maples, gentle and genteel neighbors, mostly older, with the occasional friendly young family with kids…the usual scurry of backyard bird life woken by the occasional inland-straying seagull, and above all, daytime quiet. Quiet, sleepy, placid, slow, laid-back, relaxed, easygoing are words I might have used to describe both the South Shore and its residents back then…

This unfortunately is no longer the case. Over the past year, things have changed dramatically in Quincy.

Now police sirens scream night and day down the once-quiet streets, including the main streets Newport Avenue and Hancock and, in my neighborhood, the close-by Harvard Street–and I mean, quite frequently, as if a thousand criminals were driving hellfire down the South Shore with trusty Quincy cops in high pursuit–and fire engines also shriek fairly often as they clang and roll by, often on quiet walks down winding sidestreets where no hint of burning houses can be seen, to add to which EMS trucks and vans also clog sidestreets and main streets, using sirens and trundling urgently by, as if the number of accidents or emergency medical calls had somehow increased overnight. Daytime quiet therefore no longer exists–there has been a dramatic escalation in the use of sirens, and it continues. This absurdity–especially absurd in its contrast to previously-peaceful Quincy–is clearly contrived. The local police have been incentivized to act like crazed patrollers of a criminal town. To add, if anyone’s noticed–all across the country, police cars and sirens have changed–they are outfitted with dozens of lines of blue lights now, their siren whoops and hollers now, rather than emitting a single round call, and the whole vehicle buzzes and shakes and whoops and dazzles as it flies by–bizarre? You bet.

Traffic also has changed. The roads of Quincy are now clogged with gigantic SUVs, Hummers, large pick-up trucks, and military-style pick-ups with menacing metal frames over the truckbed, large trucks of every kind, and frequent clogging of roads with roadwork trucks, even when there is no roadwork in sight. Starting in Fall 2013, traffic lights suddenly increased in duration. This has not abated. Traffic lights are noticeably longer, which means the long lines of cars with engines chugging, releasing masses of dirty exhaust into the atmosphere at lights are longer, and drivers–the usual Bostonian highway bellicosity notwithstanding–are markedly more belligerent, frequently tailgating, cutting off directly in front of cars, and crowding like swarming bees on highways.” (The Everyday Concerned CitizenWhy I Started This Blog)

It sounds crazy but the author seems sane! The author is an accomplished professional, a former professor, with a husband and child, with no history of “psychiatric” problems. The writing style itself reflects the mind of a writer fully in control of her craft, and of herself. If Ramola D appeared before a jury, undoubtedly the jurors would find her a credible witness––not dismiss her as delusional. To back up her story, there would be other targets with similar stories. The second change had taken place after Ramola had begun writing to her representatives asking about the chemtrails she saw in the sky. She also complained in her child’s school about the ethics of a childcare operation. At a trial against the American Deep State, historians would be called as expert witnesses to demonstrate that very similar tactics were used by Stasi — the secret police — in East Germany, or by Russian Intelligence. This establishes a pattern of such activities by Deep States.

It is impossible to fully explain in rational terms these programs since they are based on institutionalized paranoia, on collective insanity. The psychologists who say that such operations are highly unlikely fail to understand the mindset of those who designed these programs. Ramola D credibly argues that the purpose of such programs is to get the target labeled insane, so that the Deep State’s victimization of American citizens will remain invisible. But such a goal in itself makes no sense, is insane; it also indicates that the Deep State does not regard mental health professionals as very canny. She writes that these tactics seem “a desperate attempt to get the individual diagnosed professionally (by either an unsuspecting or complicit psychiatrist) as a “paranoid schizophrenic”, the moment he or she begins talking about covert harassment…being stalked by helicopters, being covertly implanted, being “gangstalked” on the roadways, or being surrounded by people wearing his favorite colors or talking about him or saying things in his presence straight out of his [own] head.” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, 2015: “Targeted Individuals” are Non-Consensual Subjects in Criminal, Clandestine, Classified “Top Secret” MKULTRA-Extended Mind & Behavior Control/Torture Experimentation by Joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic Institutions, as well as Targets of COINTELPRO and Electronic Warfare)

According to the Department of Defense in 2002, operations such as these are designed to be used against citizens of the enemy country (not against or upon citizens of its own host country) — the goal is to break the political will of the enemy. (Rich, 2011, New World War, Morrisville, NJ: Lulu Enterprises, p. 295.)

The evidence for the existence of group stalking is not just TIs’ and historians’ testimony but government documents (the books on Stasi are based on archives that became available with the demise of the Soviet Union) revealing similar programs in totalitarian societies and in the US in other periods. (Of course the programs have become more sophisticated over the years.)

For example, COINTELPRO was a program implemented by the FBI in the 1960s and 1970s designed to disrupt anti-war organizations and groups that were thought to be communist or socialist. J. Edgar Hoover announced the directives “to expose, disrupt, misdirect, discredit or otherwise neutralize” persons in these groups. (Mark Rich, 2011, New World War, p.87.) The Church Committee stated that under COINTELPRO, “the arsenal of techniques used against foreign espionage agents is transferred to domestic enemies.” (Ibid.) COINTELPRO included using undercover agents posing as activists in order to carry out surveillance or to act as provocateurs (in many cases that meant becoming the intimate partner of the activist––a heinous kind of subterfuge), and fomenting hostility between different factions of the left. Human Rights Watch notes,“The CIA then began monitoring student activists and infiltrating anti-war organizations by working with local police departments to pull-off burglaries, illegal entries (black bag jobs), interrogations and electronic surveillance. After President Nixon came to office in 1969, all of these domestic surveillance activities were consolidated into Operation CHAOS.” (Project Freedom, Echelon, “The NSA’s Global Spying Network,” accessed July, 2016.)

In 2002, we learned from the mainstream media that the Bush Administration planned to recruit millions of United States citizens as domestic informants in a program “likely to alarm civil liberties groups.” The Terrorism Information and Prevention System, or TIPS, meant the US would have a higher percentage of citizen informants than the former East Germany did. The program would use a minimum of 4 per cent of Americans to report “suspicious activity.” The scope of the surveillance network was broad: TIPS volunteers would be recruited primarily from among those whose work provides access to homes, businesses or transport systems. Letter carriers, utility employees, truck drivers and train conductors are among those named as targeted recruits. (The Sunday Morning Herald, July 15, 2002, “US Planning to Recruit 1/24 Americans as Spies”)

The program would involve a joint effort by local police, DOJ, state and local businesses. Even though the program was rejected by Congress, that does not mean it was not implemented–it merely went “dark” as the CIA calls it. That makes it all the more effective with Congress unaware of its existence and the media convinced it therefore did not exist. Mark Rich reports, “the American Civil Liberty Union contends that it and similar programs are being used aggressively across the nation.” ( Rich, The Hidden Evil, 2008, Morrisville, NC: Lulu Enterprises, pp.100-6, Informants, The Hidden Evil (online), accessed July 2016). According to Nick Turse, Bush had initiated similar programs under the auspices of Citizen Corps coordinated by the Department of Homeland Security. (See Turse, 2009, The Complex: How the Military Invades our Everyday Lives, NY; Metropolitan Books, excerpt at Google Books, accessed November, 2016.)

Rich describes a typical pattern of group stalking reported by TIs:

“City vehicles, postal vehicles, fire trucks, school buses, and taxis are reportedly stalking people. Construction projects encircle a targeted person’s home and also spring up at frequently visited places. Utility companies interrupt service. Local businesses provide poor service, appear incompetent or clumsy and work with civilian informants to harass targeted people in their stores.” (Ibid).

Note how this matches the report above of Ramola D, as well as activities reported by the “delusional” subjects of Sheridan and James. There is no evidence that those who constructed the psychiatric metanarrative read about TIPs, read the ACLU report (“The Surveillance Industrial Complex,” 2004, Jay Stanley, New York ACLU), or read about remarkably similar practices engaged in by secret police in East Germany, and elsewhere.

Only two websites and no books on this topic are mentioned in the bibliography of the article by James and Sheridan. And although these websites are excellent, it is obvious that James and Sheridan dismissed the reports on these websites without reading the material let alone grappling with the challenge it posed to their arrogant claim that all 120 of the TIs whose accounts they read were delusional!

In East Germany, the citizen-informants included doctors, lawyers, journalists, sports-figures, writers, actors, high officials in religious organizations, pastors, waiters, hotel personnel, and other workers. “Schools, universities, and hospitals were infiltrated from top to bottom,” wrote John Koehler, author of Stasi: The Untold Story of the East German Secret Police. Markus Wolf, a former Stasi officer, said that, in Germany, TIs were gangstalked by citizen agents who “literally encircled their everyday movements.” (See Rich, 2008, op.cit.) The homes of these persons were “put under siege.” (Rich, p.105.) TIs (the term was not used in East Germany) were typically stalked wherever they went. A report authored by Ray Cline, former Associate Director of the CIA, said that Stasi’s network of informers reached into “every crevice of society.” Although the goal here and in the Soviet Union was ostensibly “national security,” Cline noted that the surveillance system was really used to terrorize the population and inhibit them from “speaking out.”

It appears that no one has admitted to being citizen-spies in these programs, Rich wrote in 2008. According to a former Soviet citizen-informant, they were told “secrecy” was essential and they had to sign a contract to not reveal their work for the Deep State. They were told the public often did not realize “the danger these people represent to our society.” (Cited in Rich, 2008, op. cit., online edition.) In the US, one can only guess the citizen informers are told that the TIs they are stalking are threats to national security. “The behavior exhibited by these [ordinary] citizens indicates that they are absolutely convinced that this policy is legitimate and necessary.”

In almost all cases, the families of TIs believe they are mentally ill, and many of them end up (at least briefly) in a psychiatric hospital — most trust the doctors and unwisely confide in them — where the label they are given (“paranoid schizophrenic” is typical) discredits them permanently, particularly among their families. Even those who have spouses who are critics of the national security state find their spouses seem to have a need to deny such covert harassment including the use of neuro-weaponry is happening so close to home. Many TIs think therapists must be c­onsciously collaborating but, as I argued above, most professionals are deeply conformist political centrists (usually social liberals) and unaware of the existence of Deep State operations. This is a distinctive kind of totalitarian system that relies in general on a precarious balance of stealth/invisibility and complicitous cooperation.

Thus occurrences such as those reported by Ramola D and others are deemed “highly unlikely” by Sheridan and James, and thus neophytes who might take TIs’ allegations seriously are set straight by those professionals familiar with the psychiatric metanarrative. Besides group stalking, the other most common disturbance reported by TIs is voices in their head, what is known as Voice to Skull technology. Sheridan and James say that such technology is impossible. They don’t merely claim that there is no evidence such technology exists, they claim it is impossible for it to exist! This is laughable. This is the era of quantum physics––of quantum effects, and paradoxes that by all previous standards were impossible, and that has thus taught genuine scientists to be more humble. I never cease to be amazed by the hubris and idiocy of mental health professionals — nor do I think these authors are deliberately propagating disinformation.

Dr. Robert Duncan’s testimony has been ignored by the mainstream media although he has multiple graduate degrees from Harvard and Dartmouth. He has worked for the Department of Defense and the CIA on AI (Artificial Intelligence) and neuroscience projects which seek to stimulate and rewire the human brain (see below). He has testified that he worked on the development of this technology used to make a variety of neuro-weapons. In his book, Project Soul Catcher: Secrets of Cyber and Cybernetic Warfare Revealed (2010, Boise, Idaho: Higher Order Thinkers Publishing), he discusses weaponry that can cause virtually all of the effects reported by TIs — from “synthetic telepathy” to “Voice to Skull” voices. He became a whistle-blower when he discovered this technology was being used in non-consensual experiments on American citizens (or to punish persons who had angered the wrong people), just as LSD had been used in non-consensual experiments by the CIA in a previous era in MK Ultra, as documented by the US Congress’ Church Committee. He writes “I apologize to the human race for any contribution to these 4th generation weapons that I may have worked on that are more horrific than the nuclear bomb and whose cover-up is more pervasive than the Manhattan Project” (See www.drrobertduncan.com — not Duncan’s own website).

Dr. Barrie Trower is a former Royal Navy Microwave Weapons Expert and former Cold-War captured spy debriefer for the UK Intelligence Services with advanced degrees in physics. He states:

“During the 1950s and 1960s during the Cold War, it was realized…that microwaves could be used as stealth weapons. The Russians beamed the American embassy during the Cold War and it gave everybody working in the embassy cancer, breast cancers, leukemias, whatever, and it was realized then that low level microwaves were the perfect stealth weapon to be used on dissident groups around the world, because you could make dissident groups sick, give them cancer, change their mental outlook on life without them even knowing they were being radiated, and one of my particular tasks…I spent eleven years questioning captured spies…one of my particular tasks was to learn the particular frequencies of microwaves that they used on which particular victims, if I may use that word, and what the outcome was, and I built up a dossier…I’m probably the only person in the world with the complete list…I built up a dossier of what pulse frequencies of microwaves will cause what psychological or physiological damage to a person.” (See Institute for Geopathology/Barrie Trower.)

Trower’s testimony makes clear that — contrary to psychiatric claims — that not only are Voice to Skull weapons possible but the military already possesses them:

“So the military can now put voices into people’s heads to do whatever deed they wish it to achieve, and the super stores have also realized that rather than say ‘put that down, you’re going to steal it’, if you’re indecisive and you’re shopping, they can say ‘you really do want to buy this’, and after nine months, and I got the figure from one of your calls, somebody took one of your super stores to court for beaming them. And they made a phenomenal profit in just nine months, phenomenal profit. But because your Federal Communications Committee says that microwaves were safe, the case fell. (Barrie Trower, The Cooking of Humanity.)

Gloria Naylor tells of her own victimization by neuro-weaponry in her “novel,” 1996. In the Appendix she describes the experience of herself and others: 

Sleep deprivation is common and dreams are manipulated. Victims say, “They [whoever is targeting them] can see through my eyes, what I see.” Sometimes victims describe seeing the images of projected holograms. Thoughts can be read. Most victims describe a phenomenon they call “street theater.”

For example, people around the victim have repeated verbatim, the victim’s immediate thoughts, or harassive and personalized statements are repeated by strangers wherever the victim may go.

Emotions can be manipulated. Microwave hearing, known to be an unclassified military capability of creating voices in the head, is regularly reported. Implanted thoughts and visions are common, with repetitive themes that can include pedophilia, homophobia, and degradation. Victims say it is like having a radio or TV in your head. Less frequently, remote and abusive sexual manipulation is reported. Almost all victims say repetitive behavior control techniques are used and include negative, stimulus-response, or feedback loops. (Cited in Cheryl Welsh, 2008,In Contravention of Conventional Wisdom: CIA No touch torture makes sense of mind control allegations”, accessed November 2016.)

I have now been told of experiences just like these by several dozen TIs — all have the same pattern — the voices that respond maliciously to their own thoughts, the manipulation of dreams, (some describe unwanted sexual feelings or orgasms — “electronic rape”), many say the torturers can see through their eyes, etc — these experiences often reported by people in the age range 40 through 60s with no history of “psychosis.” (The experience of psychosis usually happens in early adulthood.)

Welsh finds that these mind control techniques are similar to the new kind of “no touch” torture used by the CIA in Guantanamo and elsewhere, which is discussed in the article. She writes, “The mind control techniques seem to be psychological techniques to disorient the victim and cause him to feel completely controlled, dependent, and at the mercy of his torturers.” The victim is estranged from his everyday world — like the “psychotic” — and trapped in a theater of the mind. Unlike the psychotic’s experience, this mind theater is engineered by the torturers. The goal is to break down the personality of the subject to gain complete control over him/her. I want to mention that although the new type of torture is based on a paradigm developed by the CIA and military, it is useless for extracting accurate information from subjects. In fact, when used upon TIs, it does not even have the intended results, because TIs increasingly resist isolation by joining — often over the Internet and by phone — other groups of TIs — and they usually become social activists against the Deep State.

Quoting from Alfred McCoy’s book, A Question of Torture, CIA Interrogation, from the Cold War to the War on Terror, Welsh states, “Thus, much of the pain from all forms of torture is psychological, not physical, based upon denying victims any power over their lives. In sum, the torturer strives ‘through insult and disqualification, by means of threats…to break all the victim’s possible existential platforms.”

Welsh insightfully writes,

“Alhough TIs go to extremes in trying to escape the physical targeting, they are unsuccessful. The psychological trauma is inflicted by the sense of causing one’s own pain. [In Guantanamo, causing one’s own pain was achieved by making prisoners stand for hours.] Many TIs report that the targeting causes TIs to become isolated from friends, families, and in many cases TIs are unable to work. This common reaction to targeting seems to be a type of self-inflicted psychological pain.”

What Welsh does not mention is that the rise of weekly or twice- weekly TI telephone conference calls sometimes with hundreds of TIs participating, has greatly diminished the psychological impact upon the victim — not that it ceases to be torture, but it does overcome largely the harrowing sense of isolation, and makes life tolerable for many. This is one reason the psychiatric metanarrative, which seeks to force TIs back into isolation and dependency on an expert who regards her as insane, is so harmful — and TIs would be well advised to avoid (and certainly not to argue with) all professionals who accept this metanarrative.

Welsh’s article makes the use of neuroweaponry less mysterious — although one cannot help but be puzzled by the sensibility of those who designed these tortures, which I repeat are not effective means of obtaining information. Drawing upon the work of students of CIA torture, Welsh highlights the psychological theory and distinctive goals of CIA torture — to break down the personality, not through direct psychical torture and injury but through the creation of physical distress and acute psychological trauma. In Guantanamo and elsewhere, the effect is achieved through a combination of making prisoners adopt stress positions (e.g., standing for hours), and subjecting them to isolation and control of the environment through sensory deprivation, constant noise, and discordant music. Welsh notes, “It seems logical to surmise that the successful techniques of no touch torture would cross over to more technically based remote, advanced mind control programs.”

Medical doctor John Hall writes in Guinea Pigs, Technologies of Control“Fast forward to today, we have over 300,000 people in the United States voicing complaints of electronic harassment….We have known for some time that several technologies exist that are capable of putting voices in one’s head to subliminally harass or control them.” (Guinea Pigs, Technologies of Control, 2014, Houston: Strategic Book Publishing). Why are so few people aware of this technology?

As Ramola D succinctly puts it, ”Neuroscientists in particular know that we stand today on the lip of a massive revolution in human affairs with the new knowledge of remote influencing technologies [remote from the target, often by satellite] capable of manipulating the human body and human brain. So do the Military and Intelligence agencies.” (Washington’s Blog, The American Public Informs President Obama’s Commission for the Study of Bioethical Issues About Ongoing Non-Consensual Human Experimentation in the USA Today, accessed July 2016.) By dismissing or ridiculing the complaints of the victims of these new technologies, psychiatrists, psychologists, and others in the helping professions, as well as journalists who unquestioningly propagate the psychiatric metanarrative, betray their own vocational mandates.

 

Back to Top

Neuroweaponry and Classified Military Research

In McPhate’s article, he implies that the tortures carried out on unwitting prisoners in the CIA’s /Deep State’s quest to gain absolute power over the human mind was an aberration that came to an end in the 1960s. “The military establishment, the theory goes, never gave up on the ambitions of MK Ultra, the C.I.A.’s infamous program to control the mind in the 1950s and ’60s,” he states.

He apparently has not read the numerous books documenting that the Deep State including CIA, NSA, and the military never gave up its research on influencing or controlling the mind. This has always been the purpose on their unclassified research. “The major areas of unclassified neuroscience research, molecular biology, cognitive neuroscience and brain imaging research, which had their beginnings in the 1950s, remain the dominant areas of research in neuroscience today,” writes Cheryl Welsh, a lawyer, TI and founder of Mind Justice. (Mind JusticeResearch Possibilities, Reliable Newspaper and Magazine Sources, Document Proof of Mind Control Technology.) Bioelectrical experiments on the brain were off limits to those who did not agree to put their talent to the service of the Deep State.

One might add that this arrangement — whereby the most potent tools for influencing the brain remained classified — was also in the interests of the pharmaceutical industry, a multi-billion dollar industry that would be financially threatened and diminished by the discoveries of bioelectric research. The psychiatric-pharmaceutical complex mushroomed in the 1980s and 1990s —  psychiatrists invented bogus explanations for life problems that required chemical fixes, e.g. the theory of “biochemical imbalances,” now discredited. But, as Welsh notes, there is evidence that research on the bioelectricity of the brain, the basis of the neuro-weaponry and mind control instruments used on TIs — has remained classified in CIA mind control programs that began in the 1950s and in DARPA programs to develop technologies for remote access to the brain. ”In the 1960s and 1970s, the electromagnetic aspect of neuroscience research was well funded and classified by the US government.” (Cheryl Welsh, Misled and betrayed: How US cover stories are keeping a Cold War weapon and illegal human testing secret, accessed July 2016.)

At the same time a cover story was propagated in the press that neuroweapons are “science fiction.” “As a result of both secrecy and prevailing scientific thought, however, bioelectromagnetic research has remained underfunded and disregarded by the mainstream scientific community.”(Cheryl Welsh, Misled and betrayed: How US cover stories are keeping a Cold War weapon and illegal human testing secret, accessed July 2016.) In other words the public knows little about mind control weapons because the military and Intelligence made sure the research was kept secret, and those few unclassified scientists who showed an interest in bio-electricity and would not submit to government control were steered away from researching the technology that held the most promise for mind control.

But actually there is more evidence for the existence of neuroweaponry despite efforts to keep it secret and despite the press secrecy and ridicule as exemplified in The New York Times article. Nick Begich, Ph.D., author and public speaker in his book, Controlling the Human Mind:The Technologies of Political Control and Tools for Peak Performance (Begich, 2006, Anchorage, Alaska: Earthpulse Press) unearths information that corroborates Welsh’s claim and that shows even in the unclassified sector there is evidence of the existence of the kind of advanced bio-electrical technology that is now used in non-consensual experiments on Americans. (See also Paul Baird, “Patented Technologies” at Surveillance Issues/Advanced Surveillance and Harassment Technologies, accessed November, 2016.) Actually the motive is not always obvious. Some believe the main purpose is no longer experimentation but primarily the torture of political enemies, or to create an environment of fear that stifles dissent.

Begich agrees the research that was soon classified began in the 1950s or 60s. While the research using LSD was publicized by the Church Committee, the CIA also had other projects. For example, MK-ULTRA Subproject 119 involved a critical view of the literature and scientific “bioelectric signals from the human organism, and activation of human behavior by remote [electronic] means” (Begich, Controlling the Human Mind:The Technologies of Political Control and Tools for Peak Performance, p.60). This description was written in 1960, thus corroborating Welsh’s argument.

In 1996, the US Air Force published a document called The Information Revolution and the Future Airforce by Colonel John Warden III, that laid out their plans for the future. It is worth quoting at length –it belies the psychiatric claim that the possession of advanced neuroweaponry is “impossible.”

“Prior to the mid-21st century, there will be a virtual explosion of knowledge in the field of neuroscience. We will have achieved a clear understanding of how the human brain works, how it really controls the various functions of the body, and how it can be manipulated (both positively and negatively). One can envision the development of electromagnetic energy sources, the output of which can be pulsed, shaped, and focused, that can couple with the human body in a fashion that will allow one to prevent voluntary muscular movements, control emotions (and thus actions), produce sleep, transmit suggestions, interfere with both short-term and long-term memory, produce an experience set, and delete an experience set [emphasis added]. This will open the door for the development of some novel capabilities that can be used in armed conflict, in terrorist/hostage situations, and in training….” (Begich, p.110).

The above descriptions are consistent with exactly the kind of problems that TIs claim they have as a result of what they believe to be targeting by neuro-weaponry! Psychiatrists do not read these documents (unless they work for the CIA), but by their standards the author of this document is delusional––because according to the psychiatric metanarrative, technology with these capacities could not possibly exist!

Furthermore, as early as 1980, John B. Alexander of the U.S. Army said,

“Mind-altering techniques designed to impact opponents are well-advanced. The procedures employed include manipulation of human behavior through the use of psychological weapons affecting sight, sound, smell, temperature, electromagnetic energy or sensory deprivation.” (Begich, p.100.)

Colonel Warden’s report goes on specifically to mention the creation of voices, referred to as Voice to Skull by TIs,

“It would also appear to be possible to create high fidelity speech in the human body, raising the possibility of covert suggestion and psychological direction… Thus, it may be possible to ‘talk’ to selected adversaries in a fashion that would be most disturbing to them.” (Begich, p.110, also at Earthpulse/Mind Control, accessed July 2016.)

Not only is this kind of impossible technology forecast in this report but Begich found that quite a few patents (unclassified) proving this technology — called Voice to Skull by TIs — existed.

In the early research, Begich comments it was reported that “clear sound signals” had been sent and received — this is reported in the non-classified sector. Dr Robert Becker, a physician known for his work on bio-electricity, wrote in 1995 about a current Voice to Skull device, that “such a device has obvious applications in covert operations designed to drive a subject crazy with voices, or to deliver undetectable instructions to a potential assassin.” (Begich, p.124.)

Begich in 2006 notes, about the Air Force report, confirming Welsh’s contention made years after the report, that the technology goes back to the 1950s: “The above report was a forecast for the year 2020. However, the reality is that these technologies already exist and there are a number of patents in the open literature which clearly show the possibilities. This research is not new but goes back to the 1950s.” (p.112.) The work done in the classified sector was far more advanced than someone without knowledge of this area could discern in 1995. Begich says that “what was known from experience” is that the government withheld patents under the advisement of the military. When inventors’ intellectual property is seized, “the inventors are given a choice — work for the government or you cannot continue your research on or even talk about the invention under a national security order. Those who do not cooperate have their work…shut down.” (Ibid, p.125.)

While the research in the 1990s was not new, what was new was the idea of openly using these weapons upon the civilian populations of “the enemy” and also as we will see upon US citizens. In 1995, the EPA wrote, “A new class of weapons, based on electromagnetic fields, has been added to the muscles of the military organism. The C3I [Command, Control, Communications and Intelligence] doctrine is still growing and expanding. It would appear that the military may yet be able to completely control the minds of the civilian population.” (p.112.)

The non-covert targeting of civilian populations by the military is a significant departure from its history. Clearly manipulation was used in the past but it was not openly espoused. But with such advanced technology evidently the military did not want to be confined to covert operations. Begich’s statement that in the past “the military used persuasion through real information…to win populations over” needs to emended. The military equally or more often used false information as well as false flag operations (e.g., attacks covertly committed by the military and attributed to Communists or terrorists) on civilians in enemy countries. But what is unprecedented was the ability and intention of the military to use “mind manipulation” —  through directed energy interventions on the brain itself — to gain support, or perhaps more likely not to garner support but to quell the resistance of civilian populations to US military interventions. (Ibid, also at Earthpulse/Mind Control, accessed July, 2016).

These kinds of weapons — those discussed above and others, euphemistically termed “non-lethal weapons” — are to be used not only against citizens of the “enemy” or against stateless terrorists but against Americans — and not only for the purpose of non-consensual experimentation which we have seen has been standard practice for decades, but also to control domestic “adversaries”! As Dr. Nick Begich notes, “On July 21, 1994, Dr. Christopher Lamb, Director of Policy Planning, issued a draft Department of Defense directive which would establish a policy for non-lethal weapons.” The policy connected the military’s weapons’ research to civilian law enforcement agencies. (Begich, p.156, also at The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement and the Military to Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy “Non-Lethal” Weapons?, accessed July, 2016.)

According to this directive, non-lethal weapons are to be used on the government’s domestic “adversaries”. The definition of “adversary” now appears to include any American whose activities are disapproved of by the military or by law enforcement. The directive states (emphasis added): “The term ‘adversary’ is used above in its broadest sense, including those who are not declared enemies but who are engaged in activities we wish to stop. This policy does not preclude legally authorized domestic use of the nonlethal weapons by United States military forces in support of law enforcement.” (Ibid, p.157,  The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement and the Military to Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy “Non-Lethal” Weapons?, accessed July, 2016.)

Begich aptly notes, “This allows the use of the military against the citizens of the country that they are supposed to protect…” It belies McPhate’s contention below that the goals of MK-ULTRA were abandoned in the 1970s. This describes a police state in which “non-lethal” weapons may be used upon anyone engaged in “activities” the military or police “wish to stop” — a police state in which the first Amendment has been completely vitiated, and the military, police, and Intelligence agencies are sovereign rulers invading not just persons’ homes (without warrants) but the sacred sanctuary of their brains, and in which even freedom of thought is monitored, proscribed, punished, manipulated. Or in other words 1984 on steroids! This of course by the standards of Psychiatry is both highly improbable and impossible. Tell that to the Military!

Furthermore, this plan is not merely a daydream of the Department of Defense. In 1995, the Pentagon received from the government $50 million to be used conjointly with the Department of Justice to develop these weapons —  and significant funding has been available every year since then. (Begich, p.158.) Begich aptly notes, “Not since the Civil War…has the military machine been turned against American citizens.” (Ibid, p.159.) Ramola D notes that “we are being publicly told that the Department of Defense long ago, in 1994, struck a deal with the Department of Justice to permit the military to use non-lethal weapons on American civilians, inside America, in support of law enforcement.”(The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement and the Military to Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy “Non-Lethal” Weapons?, accessed July, 2016.)

According to military analyst and Washington Post journalist William Arkin, Department of Defense spending on electro-magnetic weapons had reached a billion dollars a year in 2008. (Belitsos, op.cit. “The Covert Use of Energy Weapons for Political Control, accessed July, 2016.) Air Force Secretary Michael Wynne stated in 2007 that nonlethal weapons should be tested on U.S. civilians in crowd control situations before being used on the battlefield. Domestic use would make it easier to avoid bad press in the international community: “Because if I hit someone with a non-lethal weapon and they claimed that it injured them, I think I would be vilified in the world press.” (The Seattle Times, September 13, 2006, “Test Non-Lethal Weapons in the US, See also Associated Press article at “US to Use Microwave Weapons on American Citizens“, accessed July 2006.) So in order to avoid unfavorable international publicity, it is better to test these experimental weapons on domestic political dissidents!

I have now presented, to the jury of readers, a summary of the case against the Deep State—based on a demonstration that Deep State operations, as described in the TI metanarrative, do in fact exist. Above I listed the obstacles, 1) to 6) , to fairly assessing the testimony of the targeted individual. There is lack of familiarity with TIs, 1), and with accounts of group stalking, 5), and of advanced neuro-weaponry, 3), which I have tried to remedy.

I have attempted here to overcome a formidable but egregious mistaken objection to the TI metanarrative which is based on 2), people’s difficulty believing the US government would subject American citizens to harm. I have shown above that this is not merely a “conspiracy theory” meme but has been corroborated by legislative as well as Presidential commissions and reports by US representatives: Over and over American citizens have been subjected by US intelligence and military to dangerous, harmful, and often lethal experiments — for the ostensible sake of national security. The use of cybernetic weaponry for political control has been openly advocated by top officials in the military in documents produced by the military. To think that experimentation and this kind of application of weaponry came to an abrupt end in the late 1970s when the Church Committee convinced Congress to make it illegal would be naïve (see Jon Rappoport, Jan 9, 2015, CIA Mind Control Program: Did it Really End?, accessed November 2016), considering the historical record — as noted — of the CIA, and considering that no one was ever held accountable for these crimes against humanity — no one paid a fine, no one went to prison, no one lost his job. Not even Helms who, as mentioned above, had destroyed the MK ULTRA files.

I have attempted to address 4), the belief that only TIs are making these kind of “paranoid” claims about Deep State (including the CIA) operations. I have examined testimony by whistle-blowers, former employees of US intelligence — not only is there no oversight to protect the public but the Deep State is able to manipulate State power to deter whistle-blowers from speaking up.

I have addressed 5), the difficulty believing that such resource-intensive activities as group stalking take place, by showing that activities like group stalking have existed before in totalitarian countries — and that there is evidence, presented in mainstream press and ACLU reports, to suggest that a massive program, using citizen-spies, of surveillance and harassment was implemented post-9/11. Furthermore, it is obvious from cursory research that advanced technology which psychiatrists claim could not exist, 5), does in fact exist.

Above all, I tried to show that, contrary to 6), public faith in psychiatric “expertise, that psychiatric authority is not based on the access to and application of a legitimate body of knowledge but is based on pretense and the enactment of a variety of ceremonies that create the illusion in the public mind that mental health professionals are scientists, are doctors of medicine (often they are MDs but their medical expertise is irrelevant to what they do as psychiatrists) when in actuality their categories of “mental illnesses” have no more validity than a collectively shared fantasy and their methods of “treating” mental illness are nothing more than methods of social control. Those therapists who are helpful to clients are effective simply because they are compassionate, intelligent, and humane — the adoption of a “medical model” would undermine the efficacy of any therapist.

The psychiatric metanarrative about TIs is yet another example of the mental health professions’ historical subordination of the quest for truth to financial exigencies, and to their own social mandate to control and correct those who deviate from dominant social norms, to domicile, tranquilize, contain and mute troubled or troubling persons, persons who are disturbing to their own families and kinship groups. The casualty has been the truth and the erstwhile losers have been those individuals who are battling to assert and recover those constitutional rights and liberties on which this country was founded — albeit imperfectly.

Below is a discussion of the article in The New York Times about TIs which was based on the psychiatric metanarrative.

 

Back to Top

Discussion of the New York Times Article About TIs Based on the Psychiatric Metanarrative

United States of Paranoia: They See Gangs of Stalkers

MIKE McPHATE  | JUNE 10, 2016 | The New York Times

Nobody believed him. His family told him to get help. But Timothy Trespas, an out-of-work recording engineer in his early 40s, was sure he was being stalked, and not by just one person, but dozens of them.

He would see the operatives, he said, disguised as ordinary people, lurking around his Midtown Manhattan neighborhood. Sometimes they bumped into him and whispered nonsense into his ear, he said.

“Now you see how it works,”they would say.

At first, Mr. Trespas wondered if it was all in his head. Then he encountered a large community of like-minded people on the internet who call themselves “targeted individuals,” or T.I.s, who described going through precisely the same thing.

The group was organized around the conviction that its members are victims of a sprawling conspiracy to harass thousands of everyday Americans with mind-control weapons and armies of so-called gang stalkers. The goal, as one gang-stalking website put it, is “to destroy every aspect of a targeted individual’s life.”

McPhate picks a poor example of a TI—or the best example if his goal was to persuade readers TIs are really psychotics.

Trepas’ confusion is made clear by the end of the article when Trepas himself wonders if TIs really exist. He could have picked Ramola D, winner of Grace Paley award for short stories; or Karen Stewart who worked for NSA for 28 years; or Gloria Naylor, best-selling novelist; or numerous other people I could name who were very accomplished before they became TIs. But then New York Times readers would be less inclined to dismiss TIs as psychotic. Mr. Trepas is not representative of the majority of TIs with whom I have spoken.

The author has set up his narrative. Mr. Trepas is a troubled person. He sees what he thinks are spies “disguised” as ordinary persons. (A knowledgeable TI would know that “ordinary persons” are recruited into the surveillance program.) At first McPhate tells us Trepas wonders if he is delusional, if “it was all in his head.” But then he encounters a large community of “like-minded people” who were organized around the conviction that there is a “sprawling conspiracy” to harass thousands of Americans.

Trepas begins to view his “delusional thoughts” as a legitimate interpretation of his experience, this is where the problem is defined. McPhate tells readers repeatedly throughout the article that the problem is the psychotic does not recognize he is mentally ill. This is the essential plot of the narrative — the basis of the conflict that propels the action in the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs. The problem is created or aggrandized when the pseudo-TI, or the covert psychotic, encounters a group of “non-compliant psychotics”– the psychiatric term for patients who are unwilling to take the medications psychiatrists say they need, and/or deny they are mentally ill. They are the unwitting villains in the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs.

The article continues:

A growing tribe of troubled minds

Mental health professionals say the narrative has taken hold among a group of people experiencing psychotic symptoms that have troubled the human mind since time immemorial. Except now victims are connecting on the internet, organizing and defying medical explanations for what’s happening to them.

From McPhate’s viewpoint and that of many if not most Americans, mental health professionals are the experts on reality. The “medical” experts say that the TIs’ interpretation of their experience should be discounted–and therefore the journalist will discount it. The TI is a psychotic in a new guise and her interpretations should not be taken seriously but viewed only as symptoms of her troubled mind. Psychotics have existed “since time immemorial.”

But now “victims” of “psychosis” are connecting with other covert psychotics on the Internet and “defying” “medical” explanations of their experience. This spells trouble. Only the psychiatric, the medical, explanation is real. In the psychiatric metanarrative, the TI is a non-compliant psychotic, and the behavior and beliefs of non-compliant psychotics are taken out of their social context — in which they make sense — and construed as unintelligible symptoms of an illness. The TI is treated by mental professionals as a non-compliant mental patient, and there is nothing she can say to change that diagnosis except by deciding to be a compliant mental patient.

The community, conservatively estimated to exceed 10,000 members, has proliferated since 9/11, cradled by the internet and fed by genuine concerns over government surveillance. A large number appear to have delusional disorder or schizophrenia, psychiatrists say.

Again it is repeated that there is a large and growing number of these troubled minds. Their growth is attributed to 9/11 and the Internet, and they are “fed” by “genuine concerns” over government surveillance. The journalist obviously must acknowledge the genuineness of this concern because, after all, readers know about Edward Snowden’s disclosures — but he wastes no time in getting back to his topic. A large number of these persons are schizophrenic or afflicted with delusional disorder — psychiatrists say so. The term “schizophrenic” is introduced, a term that has taken on the most ominous connotations, as opposed to the more mild term “delusional disorder.”

In the psychiatric metanarrative, schizophrenics are afflicted with the worst mental illness and thus constitute the lowest caste in the psychiatric status hierarchy of the mentally afflicted. They are the untouchables who for centuries were sequestered in state institutions and are now in our midst but restrained — often by force of law — by the fetters of toxic sedating “anti-psychotic” drugs. Thomas Szasz called schizophrenia “the sacred symbol” of psychiatry and argued that its evocation of chaos and unreason gave psychiatry its identity as the epitome and protector of order and reason (even to Freud who wrote contemptuously of schizophrenics), guarding us from these barbarians who had arisen inexplicably from the midst of Western civilization itself.

So “a large number” — psychiatrists say — of TIs are schizophrenics or otherwise afflicted. What about those who are not psychotic? Will the journalist give them a voice, allow them to express their concerns, and to comment on the psychiatric narrative? Or will they remain voiceless? In fact by the end of the article they have disappeared altogether, since McPhate does not interview one TI or one whistle-blower — with the possible exception of Dr John Hall — whom he presents as credible.

Yet, the phenomenon remains virtually unresearched.

The phenomenon has been defined by McPhate: Psychotic persons who defy psychiatric explanations and thus, do not get the help they need. But research is required on this medical problem.

For the few specialists who have looked closely, these individuals represent an alarming development in the history of mental illness: thousands of sick people, banded together and demanding recognition on the basis of shared paranoias.

Specialists in what? Psychobabble? The journalist defines the “alarming development” in the history of psychiatry: Thousands of sick paranoid people “banded together” — a “growing tribe of troubled minds.”

They are banded together like criminals — “a tribe of troubled minds” — and “demanding recognition.” The problem is a medical problem — and thus a social problem because we have now a tribe of psychotics who refuse to accept that they are mentally ill and thus will not get the psychiatric help they need. Psychiatry’s narrative, dramatized by the journalist, seems designed to evoke the public’s deepest fears about this “alarming development.” The words themselves suggest something sinister. These paranoid persons “defy” and “demand” (from society). The journalist thus takes the psychiatric narrative and gives it a journalistic and dramatic form — he is documenting a serious new medical-social problem. The TI’s metanarrative, insofar as it is alluded to — that the TI is a victim of surveillance, groupstalking, mind manipulation — is depoliticized, emptied of substantive content, and redefined as psychotic symptomotology. The journalist and the psychiatrist can make the TI’s narrative disappear — they can banish from the public imagination any genuine concerns the TIs’ metanarrative may evoke about surveillance and other pernicious operations of the Deep State.

But of what do they “demand” recognition? The question is elided by the phrasing: “on the basis.” The journalist implies they demand not just recognition but acceptance of their collective “paranoias.” This is in fact true, however carelessly phrased. TIs do not want to be classified and dismissed as psychotics, as paranoid. They want the TI metanarrative as expressed by their most articulate spokespersons to be taken seriously and reckoned with by other members of civil society — including mental health professionals whose responsibility is to help the distressed, and journalists whose responsibility is to search for the truth.

The journalist does not investigate what the TI defines as an alarming development: The growth of an apparatus of surveillance, control, and torture which victimizes American citizens, and is outside accountability. All indications suggest he has not even read the books given him by TIs he consulted -– and he has certainly not seriously considered the testimony by scientists and former agents who confirm the TIs’ “delusions.”

They raise money, hold awareness campaigns, host international conferences and fight for their causes in courts and legislatures.

These psychotics are busy and effective activists for their cause.

Perhaps their biggest victory came last year, when believers in Richmond, Calif., persuaded the City Council to pass a resolution banning space-based weapons that they believe could be used for mind control. A similar lobbying effort is underway in Tucson.

They deceived the people of Richmond, California.

An “echo chamber” of paranoia

Dr. Lorraine Sheridan, who is co-author of perhaps the only study of gang-stalking, said the community poses a danger that sets it apart from other groups promoting troubling ideas, such as anorexia or suicide. On those topics, the internet abounds with medical information and treatment options.

This tribe, this community of psychotics poses a real and distinctive danger to themselves and to the public because of the Internet — according to the expert on group stalking whose “investigation” “found” group-stalking did not exist. As mentioned above, this study was flawed and showed lack of rudimentary knowledge about experimental methodology.

An internet search for“gang-stalking,”however, turns up page after page of results that regard it as fact. “What’s scary for me is that there are no counter sites that try and convince targeted individuals that they are delusional,”Dr. Sheridan said.

According to the mental health professional, a psychologist and “expert” on gang-stalking, these delusional persons go to the Internet and find copious websites with “information” that confirm the reality of their sense that they are being stalked. The expert finds it frightening that there are no “counter” websites to tell them they are “delusional.” Of course she accepts the psychiatric metanarrative. Not because she is intentionally complicit — although past history suggests some of the most prominent psychiatrists and psychologists worked for the CIA. But because (see discussion above), like most mental health professionals, she is angered and disturbed by non-compliant patients — patients who won’t take their “medication,” and who will not accept the psychiatrists’ evaluation of them as “mentally ill.”

They end up in a closed ideology echo chamber,” she said.

We are told by the expert on reality how the psychotic delusion is anchored in the sick mind. It never occurs to her that she may be in a closed ideology echo chamber…

“In instructional tracts online, veterans of the movement explain the ropes to rookies:

Do not engage with the voices in your head.

If your relatives tell you you’re imagining things, they could be in on it.

Do not visit a psychiatrist.”

Here we see the basis of the psychiatrist’s own fear. These “psychotics” are violating the sacred psychiatric injunction: When troubled, consult a mental health professional.

This violation threatens to undermine psychiatric authority, or more precisely the authority of the mental health system with its hierarchy of professionals, including psychologists, social workers, and other allied disciplines.

TIs should take note. If they randomly consult a psychiatrist or any mental health professional, the odds are they will be treated as non-compliant psychotics. The psychiatric metanarrative denies that the State in America has the ability and the will to subject persons to sophisticated forms of tortures — and refuses to look seriously at the copious evidence that it has done so in the past and is doing so now.

Note that the journalist uses again the term “tribe,” with its menacing connotations — earlier the reference was to a tribe of troubled minds. Don’t be fooled, the experts warns: This new breed of psychotics comes from all classes and even includes professionals in higher socio-economic echelons, highly educated people, people the average person would not suspect were really psychotics, even schizophrenics, passing as normal.

In Facebook forums and call-in support groups, they commiserate over the skepticism of their loved ones and share stories of black vans that circle the block or co-workers conscripted into the campaign.

They are unhappy that their loved ones don’t believe them and they share stories the journalist depicts as bizarre. This emerging psychiatric meta-narrative dramatized by the journalist makes the TIs appear very paranoid, and it seeks to drive a wedge between the TI and her loved ones who will increasingly find the psychiatric metanarrative recounted in the Press — even in the prestigious New York Times.

A T.I. subgenre has blossomed on Amazon. Left, the cover of John Hall’s “Guinea Pigs: Technologies of Control,” and Robert Duncan’s “How to Tame a Demon.”

They have self-published dozens of e-books, with titles like “Tortured in America”and“My Life Changed Forever.”In hundreds of YouTube videos they offer testimonials and try to document evidence of their stalking, even confronting unsuspecting strangers.

All this evidence the expert warns is part of a planned effort — a conspiracy comes to mind, although the psychiatric expert would never call it a conspiracy — to “try to document” evidence that they are not psychotics but victims.

They don’t “try to” document evidence–they do document this. And McPhate chose to ignore it, despite McPhate’s correspondence with TIs and whistle-blowers — as TIs have noted. (See Human Rights Watch3 Blog, The Questionable Reporting of The New York times, accessed August, 2016.) He also does not mention that some of the people documenting the group stalking and the use of neuroweaponry are whistle-blowers or other experts (journalists for alternative blogs) with credentials and backgrounds that help establish their credibility.

Ramola D provides a list of authorities at The Everyday Concerned Citizen/Robert DuncanRamola herself is a prolific writer and TI (since late 2013) who won a Washington Writers’ Publishing House award in 1998 for her poetry collection Invisible Season, and the 2008 AWP Grace Paley Prize in Short Fiction for her collection Temporary Lives & Other Stories — she was for years a professor at George Washington University and is the recipient of a 2005 National Endowment for the Arts Fellowship in Poetry.

Of course, by omitting these credentials, it is easier to convince readers these whistle-blowers are delusional. Dr. Robert Duncan, for example, has multiple graduate degrees from Harvard and Dartmouth. He has worked for the Department of Defense and the CIA on AI and neuroscience projects which seek to stimulate and rewire the human brain. He became a whistle-blower when he discovered this technology was being used in torturous non-consensual experiments on American citizens, just as LSD had been used in non-consensual experiments by the CIA in a previous era in MK ULTRA, as documented by the US Congress’ Church Committee.

Although McPhate corresponded with Duncan, he left all of Duncan’s comments out of the article. McPhate’s manipulation of his readers is further illustrated by the fact that he selects one of Duncan’s relatively unimportant books to mention (“How to Tame a Demon”) — a book with a title (in the context McPhate has established) that makes it appear to the reader that Duncan is a psychotic who is obsessed by (literal) demons.

He could have mentioned Duncan’s seminal book, Project Soul Catcher: Secrets of Cyber and Cybernetic Warfare Revealed — but that title would not have been as likely to make Duncan look paranoid. Just mentioning a few of Duncan’s accomplishments would have undermined the psychiatric metanarrative McPhate promulgates. For example, Duncan writes, “My projects have included algorithms for Echelon and CIA natural-language parsing and classification of document content, IRS formula for red-flagging audits, writing the artificial intelligence code to automate tracking of the Soviet Nuclear Submarine Fleet and all water vessels, work integrating HAARP with SIGINT, SIGCOM, and SPAWAR…” — that is just the beginning of a long list. (See Dr. Robert Duncan.com, not Duncan’s website, accessed 2016.)

Again note that the TIs are presented as a threat: “Unsuspecting strangers” (emphasis added) -– that is, strangers who do not realize that TIs are really psychotics — are alerted they may be “confronted” by these disguised non-compliant psychotics. I have spoken to dozens of TIs. I don’t know any who “confronted” strangers. Many sought to tell their story to mental health professionals — invariably with adverse effects.

“They wanted to basically destroy me, and they did,” a young mother in Phoenix says in one video, choking back tears. She lost custody of her daughter and was sent to a behavioral health hospital, says the woman, whose name is being withheld to protect her privacy. “But I am going to fight back for the rest of my life.”

She adds, “And guess what, I’m not crazy.”

Here is the leitmotif, formulated in different ways, but always the denial of one’s insanity —  woven throughout the narrative. The journalist is trying to persuade the readers that the psychiatric metanarrative with its trope of the (mad and bad) non-compliant patients — here in the guise of the TI — is the truth, beyond doubt. The real problem, he tells us, echoing the psychiatrist, is that the covert psychotic will not admit, or does not realize — as a victim of the delusions of other TIs — that she is psychotic.

The journalist shows no sympathy for this bereaved woman who lost custody of her daughter. Or if he has any sympathy it is because she is, in his mind, a non-compliant psychotic who resists getting psychiatric help. He quotes her remark that she’s not crazy, but if there is any doubt that his intent is to convey that she is crazy, it is dispelled in the succeeding sentence about Dr. Sheridan’s study which found that all of the people who claimed to be victims of group stalking were delusional!

The woman quoted above lost custody of her daughter — probably because she went to an authority and volunteered information. The desire for the recognition for one’s identity, one’s sanity as a human being who is a subject, an equal, a person whose experiences and perspective are regarded as meaningful, leads many TIs — who cannot confide in family and friends — to seek out psychiatrists or therapists under the illusion that they will be understanding.

McPhate’s discussion with several mental health professionals is indicative: they do not hide their disdain for “patients” who refuse to accept they are ill. Although this is not discussed by McPhate, psychiatrists and other mental health professionals are particularly irked by the unwillingness of many patients to take psychiatric drugs. Ever since “psychotics” were released from state mental hospitals, they have been battling with mental health professionals for the right to liberty — a major site of contestation is the bodies of mental patients.

Many patients are reluctant to take “anti-psychotics” (above all other “meds”) because of the extremely discomforting or painful “side effects” typical of the neuro-toxic (see above) brain-damaging “anti-psychotics,” and/or because they are increasingly aware of adverse effects on their health. (See Seth Farber, 2012, The Spiritual Gift of Madness: The Failure of Psychiatry and the Mad Pride Movement, Rochester, Vermont: Inner Traditions.) Yet professionals insist that patients’ unwillingness is based on an irrational refusal to get well. (Yet we saw above that in the long run, these drugs actually impede the recovery process, although professionals are “in denial” about this fact.) Subconsciously, the psychiatrist sees the refusal to “accept one’s illness” as a threat to her authority, her legitimacy, her professional identity. (See Rosenhan experiment discussed above.) It is also a challenge to her socio-economic status, since an exodus of patients from the system would result in a loss of jobs and markets. It should be noted studies have shown mental patients were not significantly more violent than “normal” people.

Dr. Sheridan’s study, written with Dr. David James, a forensic psychiatrist, examined 128 cases of reported gang-stalking. It found all the subjects were most likely delusional.

I discussed this study above. This representation of the study is inaccurate. It did not “find” the subjects were delusional. It found that 2 mental health professionals, a psychiatrist and a psychologist, independently reached the conclusion that 128 subjects had to be delusional because what they reported in their written accounts was either highly unlikely or impossible. But on what basis can one call an event “highly unlikely”? Sheridan and James give examples of such events including hostile operatives being inserted in victim’s workplace and their children’s schools, 24-hour electronic surveillance involving teams of men in black vans, etc.

Scientific studies of the sort published in this journal generally calculate the probability statistically. There is no way for Sheridan and James, or anyone, to measure the likelihood of 24-hour surveillance. The TI reports seem highly unlikely to the professionals because it is an event they have never read about in the newspapers and that seems to lack a rationale. But before they come to convict the TI of being delusional — the diagnosis has very negative social consequences — they should examine the TI’s evidence.

Sheridan and James are like a jury which heard only the argument of the prosecution, and plugged up their ears when the expert witnesses for the defense — for the TI — took the stand.

In the light of this evidence, these allegations are very plausible — Intelligence agencies have behaved this way in the past here and elsewhere. Sheridan and James and McPhate have such strong prejudices that they refuse to examine the evidence — any decent lawyer for TIs would have easily gotten them thrown out of the jury pool. To determine conclusively if a TI is delusional one could hire a private investigator to determine if they are being stalked. (Of course if the perpetrators are canny they would realize an investigator was on the case, and temporarily stop the stalking.) Or one could examine the kind of documentary evidence for the operations of the Deep State I present above. Sheridan and James are not investigators — they are biased mental health professionals. And McPhate is not an investigative journalist — at least not here.

My own conviction as a psychologist who has not abandoned critical thinking is that most of the TIs I have met are not delusional. (In a few cases I have been unsure and a few I thought were delusional.) Certainly their allegations are very plausible and thus these allegations should not be dismissed as delusional. In most cases I have examined there is a clear difference between the “schizophrenic” and the TI. (I do not accept that “schizophrenia” is an incurable disease — I regard it as a emotional-spiritual crisis; its seeming chronicity a result of the iatrogenic drugs and standard practices of mental health professionals.)

“One has to think of the T.I. phenomenon in terms of people with paranoid symptoms who have hit upon the gang-stalking idea as an explanation of what is happening to them,” Dr. James said.

 A mishmash of conspiracy theories

McPhate uses the pejorative term mishmash as if conflict and diversity is not the norm in virtually every intellectual discipline dealing with complex phenomena. I doubt he would say quantum physics is a mishmash of theories.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the community is divided over the contours of the conspiracy. Some believe the financial elite is behind it. Others blame aliens, their neighbors, Freemasons or some combination.

The movement’s most prominent voices, however, tend to believe the surveillance is part of a mind-control field test done in preparation for global domination. The military establishment, the theory goes, never gave up on the ambitions of MK Ultra, the C.I.A.’s infamous program to control the mind in the 1950s and ’60s.

What is implied here is that MK ULTRA was an anomalous program that ended in the 1960s.

A leading proponent of that view is an anesthesiologist from San Antonio named John Hall.

McPhate lets Hall talk but at this point in the article the framework is now established — the psychiatric metanarrative. So the unwary reader assumes these are the words of a mentally-afflicted man and they ring hollow.

John Hall, an anesthesiologist in San Antonio, has been a leading voice of those who feel targeted.

In his 2009 book, “A New Breed: Satellite Terrorism in America,”Dr. Hall gave his own account of being targeted. Agents bleached his water, he wrote, and bombarded him with voices making murderous threats.

The book made a splash because of the messenger: a licensed member of the medical establishment who was telling those who feel targeted that psychiatrists were misleading them. A janitor knows as much about the human mind, he wrote.

As we saw above, a janitor often does know more about the human psyche than the psychiatrist who cannot even distinguish the sane from the insane. In Rosenhan’s study it was other mental patients who suspected the pseudo-patients were not insane. None of the professionals guessed. Their training and miseducation prevents them from understanding what goes on in persons’ minds.

Dr. Hall, 51, was invited for an interview on “Coast to Coast AM,” a conspiracy-minded radio show based in California that is said to reach millions of listeners. After that, he said,“I had probably three or 4,000 emails from people saying:‘It’s happening to me in this state.’It’s happening to me in Florida.’It’s happening to me in California.’”

The similarities of the cases spoke to a wide-ranging campaign, he said. “If the psychiatrists want to say that this is schizophrenia or delusional disorder, that’s fine,” he said. “But every one of these victims have the same story.”

Dr. Hall discusses gang stalking, psychiatry and MK Ultra.

While Dr. Hall has faced scrutiny from the Texas Medical Board over his mental fitness, he retains his license. Over time, however, many others who identify as gang-stalking victims end up out of work. They are mocked by colleagues, tolerated by family. Friends and spouses fall away.

McPhate reports this outcome as if it is a result of TIs’ psychosis — their intractable attitude, their refusal to get psychiatric treatment.

A pretext for violence

The despair that results has led some to lash out in violence.

Many in the community, for example, are convinced that Aaron Alexis, who killed 12 people at the Washington Navy Yard in 2013, was a victim. Mr. Alexis, a former sailor, left behind a document accusing the Navy of attacking his brain with “extremely low frequency” electromagnetic waves. On the side of his shotgun were etched the words “my elf weapon.”

It was unclear when Myron May’s mental distress began, but by the fall of 2014, it had become too much. He quit his job as a prosecutor in New Mexico and traveled to Florida. There, he videotaped a testimonial about how gang-stalking had ruined his life.

“As you can see right now,” he says into the camera, “I am totally not crazy.”

Myron May: “I’m what’s called a targeted individual.”

Laying out his case, he describes an episode at a gas station where he believed somebody in dark glasses was mimicking his movements. “It was really creepy,” he said. “Everything I did, he did.”

Later in the video, he prays for forgiveness for his future sins. “Father,” he says, “right now I ask that you look down on all the targeted individuals across the globe. Help them to cope with this madness.”

“On Nov. 20, 2014, Mr. May walked into a library at Florida State University, where he had graduated in 2005, and shot three people, leaving one paralyzed. He dared the police to kill him, then fired in their direction before being fatally shot, officials said. He was 31.

Officers standing over the body of Myron May on Nov. 20, 2014, after the shooting at Florida State University.

The vast majority of people with psychosis never resort to violence. Still, studies suggest that a small number of those experiencing psychotic episodes — especially paranoid thoughts, accompanied by voices making commands — are more likely to act on hostile urges than people without a mental illness.

And what if paranoid thoughts are put in their mind by the CIA? Is the percentage of identified TIs — who McPhate claims are paranoid psychotics —  or real paranoids more likely to act on hostile urges than the angry non-TI, non-psychotic? McPhate presents no evidence to confirm this.

Furthermore several psychiatrists have demonstrated that the commonly prescribed “anti-depressants” (Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors or SSRI) actually cause some patients to become violent. Dr Peter Breggin writes, “It’s not the patient’s ‘mental illness’ that causes violence, it’s the drugs…[A]ntidepressants can and do cause violence on every level from people who feel more irritable or less loving toward their families to people who commit domestic violence or carry out mass murders.” (See Peter Breggin, July 25, Mad in America, “Violence Caused by Antidepressants”, accessed November, 2016).

Yet the idea that TIs and other “non-compliant psychotics” have a tendency toward violence is an integral part of the psychiatric metanarrative — a justification for forcing so-called patients, including TIs, to take psychiatric drugs, sometimes the very drugs that cause violence!

Many in the T.I. community, as anyone would, have repudiated the shootings by Mr. Alexis and Mr. May. But some also harbor troubling views about their perceived oppressors. They question how people could be so cruel.

Why is this troubling? Don’t most people take the view that their oppressors are cruel? It is troubling because McPhate accepts the psychiatric metanarrative which posits that the TI, the non-compliant psychotic, has a tendency to retaliate against her enemies — and thus requires psychiatric restraint — forced drugging.

Karen Stewart of Tallahassee, Fla., believes large numbers of regular people have been brainwashed by the National Security Agency into thinking that she is a traitor or terrorist. Wherever she goes, she says — to church, to the grocery store, to the doctor’s office — they are there, watching.

McPhate withholds critical information from the readers: Karen Stewart worked for the NSA as an Intelligence analyst from 1982 to 2010 — for 28 years. For 28 years she was never considered a psychotic. The biographical facts that are omitted buttress the TI metanarrative whereas the false depiction of Ms. Stewart strips her of her credentials, her authority, and reduces her to the status of an ordinary non-compliant lunatic. McPhate’s inaccurate depiction serves one purpose however — it strengthens the credibility of the psychiatric metanarrative.

Stewart writes elsewhere that she was “railroaded out” of NSA

“just two years before I could retire because I had dared ask the Inspector General to investigate a matter involving work credit and promotion theft. I moved to Florida in 2011 to get away and wait for the lawsuit (appeal to forbidden retaliatory firing) to be adjudicated by the Judge Lawrence Gallagher at the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) in Baltimore.” (Washington’s BlogNSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart Speaks Candidly About Illegal and Criminal NSA & FBI Programs of Organized Stalking and Electronic Harassment in the USA & Abroad)

She states,

“Under former President Bush and now continued under President Obama, what apparently started decades ago as illegal and clandestine programs of experiments on human subjects, such as the CIA’s MK ULTRA, has resulted in the proliferation of Defense Contractors such as Lockheed-Martin, Raytheon, General Dynamics, and others, making secret agreements with Federal agencies such as DOD, DIA, NSA, DHS, etc., to allow them and related laboratories and universities to expand inhumane experimentation programs such as illegal experiments for Directed Energy Weapons on unwitting and non-consenting American citizens.”(See The Everyday Concerned Citizen/Karen Stewart, NSA Whistleblower: Synopsis of the Silent Holocaust Taking Place in the United States.

It baffles her, she said. But worse, “It makes me angry to see how many people in this country are sociopaths. They are absolute groupthink drones,” she said. “I don’t even consider them human anymore.”

“A need for meaning’

Susan Clancy, a Harvard-trained psychologist who has researched people who believe they’ve been abducted by aliens, said it could be extremely difficult to dissuade patients who have latched onto beliefs that they think explain their delusions.

“I think it’s a need for meaning and a need to understand your life and the problems you’re having,” she said. “You’re not some meaningless nobody. You’re being followed by the C.I.A.”

McPhate brings in yet another professional — this one from Harvard — to give weight to the psychiatric metanarrative. Yet he made contact with a number of former whistle-blowers, and quotes only one — without even mentioning her career at NSA.

Yet many of the people McPhate interviewed were not “meaningless nobodies.” Stewart was an NSA employee for decades. Robert Duncan, the whistle-blower whom he interviewed, is a former CIA employee and a scientific prodigy with multiple degrees from Ivy League schools. John Hall was a physician. Rosanne Schneider, whom he interviewed (but does not mention), is an author and artist. And furthermore there are numerous highly accomplished TIs. But including them would have undermined the psychiatric metanarrative.

In that way, Dr. Clancy said, the behavior shares a trait with religious belief: To abandon it would be life upending.

Paula Trespas, Mr. Trespas’s mother, said she avoided debating with him.

“It wasn’t something that he was making up,” she said. “He really felt the way he felt and experienced what he experienced. I got to the point where I was just finally saying to him: “I’m very, very sad that you have to go through this. I wish that there was something that I could do.’ ”

The big hope is that society will wake up to what’s happening and put a stop to it, those who feel targeted say. In some cases, they do seek psychiatric help. In others, the delusions subside. For the rest, the prognosis isn’t good, psychiatrists say. Many contemplate suicide.

Mr.Trespas, now 49, says he went so far as to prepare a rope.

Sitting at a coffee shop in Brooklyn last month, he says the stalking has thankfully quieted down. But he says his harassers have also been seeding his body with Morgellons, a painful, insectlike infestation of the skin that many doctors say is psychosomatic.

He is gaunt, with weary, sad eyes. It’s been eight years since it all began, he says. He can’t hold a job. His friends have drifted away.

The TI community includes a wide range of persons — many are accomplished writers or professionals, as McPhate noted above. Yet by choosing one of the loneliest, most confused, and most forlorn TIs, one who is not even sure of the TI metanarrative, he reinforces the credibility of the psychiatric metanarrative. This is a self-identified TI who may or may not be a TI. (Many TIs have reported that they have encountered disinformation agents posing as TIs.)

The online community has been a crucial support, he says. “But we don’t know exactly what’s happening,” he says. “Maybe we’re believing the wrong thing. I don’t know. That’s why I try to keep my mind open about who and what and why and how.”

Trepas is the only TI I’ve heard of who thinks “maybe we’re believing the wrong thing.”

One thing he is certain of though, he says: He’s not crazy.

McPhate ends the story on the cautionary motif of the psychiatric metanarrative: TIs are psychotics who refuse to accept that they have an illness — they are non-compliant psychotics.

It is a sad fact that the mainstream media has followed the lead of the psychiatric “authorities” in dismissing the allegations of TIs and defining them all as non-compliant treatment-resistant psychotics. They thus help to promulgate the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs. Journalists and mental health workers rest their case ultimately on articles like that of Sheridan and James. This article has the appearance of a genuine “investigation,” of a scientific study — but it is all hot air. It substitutes reliability for validity, the agreement or shared fantasy of mental health professionals for correspondence to social reality. In other words the hidden sub-text of pseudo-investigations like Sheridan and James is, “It is so because we the experts say it is so.”

It is my hope that in the future The New York Times will serve its function as the fourth estate. Instead of dismissing TIs and promulgating the psychiatric metanarrative, McPhate or another journalist will seriously investigate TIs’ claims. Instead of interviewing only the most troubled TIs, and thus, wittingly or unwittingly, reinforcing the psychiatric claim that TIs are covert psychotics, this journalist would interview some of the more articulate spokespersons for TIs (some of whom are mentioned above), and seriously consider their allegations.

He or she would not treat psychiatric opinions as revealed truth but would give voice to dissidents who do not subscribe to the psychiatric metanarrative. The journalist would present the testimony of a few of the whistle-blowers who have worked in intelligence — Robert Duncan is today the most prominent and outspoken of former employees of American intelligence who worked on cybernetic weaponry. While not revealing classified information, Duncan has exposed the advanced technologies used against innocent persons. As a whistle-blower he follows in the tradition of men like Edward Snowden and William Binney whose views as a supporter of TIs could also be solicited.

The torture of American citizens described by TIs is a violation of international proscriptions against torture and against non-consensual experiments on subjects. The policy of both APAs prohibit psychiatrists and psychologists from inflicting harm upon anyone. The Coalition for an Ethical Psychology wrote:

“The APA and other health professional organizations have a duty to support the ethical practice of the profession, which includes protecting their members from complicity in human rights abuses and other violations of international law.”(See Coalition for Ethical Psychology, Preserve Do-No-Harm for Military Psychologists: Coalition Responds to Department of Defense Letter to the APA, accessed November, 2016).

By labeling TIs as “psychotic”, mental health professionals are wittingly or unwittingly complicitous in the most serious kinds of human rights abuses — in crimes against humanity.

 

Back to Top

The CEP and the Power of the Ethically Guided Minority

The Coalition for Ethical Psychology has served an important and exemplary role within the American Psychological Association.They were formed in 2006 in response to psychologists’ participation at Guantanamo as mentioned above. Their goal is “to expose and oppose psychologist involvement in any state-supported abuse with a national security rationale.” They state,

“We are alarmed that the APA, the world’s largest mental health organization, has overlooked, and even colluded with, subversion of psychology to state power. The ethical commitment of psychology as a profession is to improve human welfare universally.” (See Coalition for Ethical Psychology, About.)

This is a far more subversive goal than the founders may realize, since the entire mental health system is a regime of surveillance and control — of the “mentally ill” — and a servant of State power. CEP places APA members between conflicting mandates: On the one hand, is the ancient injunction of the helping professions to “do no harm” and the ethical obligation to serve the universal good, and on the other hand is their perceived obligation to the state to control trouble or troubling individuals. This is a conflict of interests considering the repressive and often punitive nature of the modern state. Another factor compromising their ability to help clients is the professionals’ financial ties to the pharmaceutical industry, which has been enormously lucrative for mental health professionals and leads them to place profits before people. This conflict is most obvious with psychiatrists but it affects everyone working in the “mental health” system.

The mental health system is a social control agency similar to law enforcement and criminal justice, although distinctive in many respects, as shown above. The linchpin of the system is the administration of psychiatric drugs disguised as medicine: Psychiatric patients in the public sector — state mental hospital or group homes and “out-patient treatment” — are often subjected to involuntary psychiatric “out-patient” commitment (most heinously, the involuntary injection of psychotropic drugs). Involuntary treatment has recently itself been declared to be a violation of international law and human rights by the UN Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. (See Tina Minkowitz, Mad in America, Oct 13 2013, “UN Prohibition of Psychiatric Commitment: Review and Analysis”.)

Dr. Bonnie Burstow writes,

“Take away the medical veneer and what we have here are substances given for non-existent disorders [problems in living], all of which by their nature create chemical imbalances, all of which disable, a number of which are associated with violence, all of which profoundly damage the brain. . . Is damage as treatment the best we can do? Is a society of rampant iatrogenic damage acceptable?” (Bonnie Burstow, Psychiatry and the Business of Madness, 2015, New York, p.200)

An ethical psychology or psychiatry is impossible in an unethical society. As R.D. Laing pointed out, the well-adjusted bomber pilot — dropping bombs on women and children of the “enemy” — serving the interests of the State and of corporations, would be considered “mentally healthy” by mental health professionals although he is committing war crimes that violates elementary moral norms. That is, in an ethically perverse society, conformity and adjustment is sanctified and murder in service of the state assumes a façade of moral legitimacy.

The organizers of Coalition for an Ethical Psychology (CEP) are therapists in private practice (not in the public sector) and thus relatively free of State coercion. They are often unaware that the public mental health system is normally abusive. Abuse is not an aberration. CEP and others dedicated to realizing the ideal of an ethical society seek to expose unethical practices in the helping professions, and pressure professionals to uphold transcendent ethical norms. Every act of exposure and protest — no matter how selective — gives witness to values that transcend the mental health system and the State to which it is customarily subordinate.

I hope I have made it clear that many or most self-identified TIs are victims of no-touch torture and/or non-consensual experimentation. The declaration that all TIs are delusional is based upon premises that do not stand up to historical examination. Thus, the promulgation of the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs by professionals who have failed to investigate the allegations of thousands of self-identified Tis is a failure to take its own ethical mandate — to improve human welfare — seriously. If not an act of deliberate deception, it is an act of bullshitting, to quote Levine. Sheridan and Young’s pseudo-scientific study (see above) claims to have “found” that all TIs are delusional psychotics and thus enables professionals to silence and “treat” them, while avoiding the inner moral conflict that would ordinarily result from condoning and facilitating (no-touch) torture.

Like psychologists’ participation in the torture regime in Guantanamo, treating TIs as psychotic is a blatant, witting or unwitting, subservience to Deep State actions that are violations of human rights as recognized by international law. It is comparable to the Soviet psychiatry “treatment” of dissidents. The fact that a small minority of persons within the American Psychological Association have succeeded on occasion in pushing the group to take the high road and stand up for universal human welfare against the dictates of the State is testimony to the power of the individual inspired by transcendent moral ideals. Had the individuals who formed CEP not had such a strong commitment to the truth, had they not forced APA membership to confront their leaders’ involvement in designing a torture regime, the APA would still permit its members to participate in torture under the guise of “national security.” As Bruce Levine said, it’s easier to continue to bullshit than to face the truth. CEP provides a lesson in leadership, in creative maladjustment, for all of us.

A logical next step for an organization like CEP which opposes “psychologist involvement in any state-supported abuse” is to investigate the allegations of TIs and expose and oppose the a priori “diagnoses” of all TIs as psychotics. This focus may seem arbitrary or misleading since as stated, state-supported abuse is the norm in the mental health professions, but it has its own logic. Robert Whitaker and dissident professionals who have written for Mad in America oppose involuntary psychiatric drugging — another state-assisted abuse — but they would undoubtedly have no success in getting any professional body to publicly oppose involuntary drugging. Tina Minkowitz Esq., lawyer and psychiatric survivor, did however succeed in persuading the UN Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities to assert forced treatment as a human rights abuse. (However UN bodies have little effect in the United States.) The CEP agenda must be guided by what is possible, and practical — and by the orientation of their own organization.

While treatment with brain-damaging drugs is the norm in the mental health system, overt torture is still regarded by most APA members with disdain — after all, it has no medical rationalization. Therefore it is possible that CEP could persuade members of the APA to oppose the routine labeling of TIs — without any investigation — as “psychotic.” (As I have shown, this diagnosis is “justified” by invalid studies.) An APA resolution of this kind would be publicized by the mainstream media, and would undermine the psychiatric metanarrative. Short of this, The New York Times and the mainstream media will continue to defer to Psychiatry and describe all TIs as non-compliant psychotics. Furthermore, while the corporate Press will continue to propagate the psychiatric metanarrative, it is time for journalists who have opposed US torture at Guantanamo and elsewhere, to expose no-touch torture on TIs and the complicity of mental health professionals in covering up these human rights abuses.

The therapeutic state fueled now by pharmaceutical industry grows without constraints while the Deep State operates without Congressional or public oversight. The development of a totalitarian regime — nominally a constitutional republic — in which human rights and the constitutional right to liberty are routinely trampled upon is today an ominous prospect in America. The prevention of such a development is now dependent upon the willingness of small minorities of individuals who are inspired by transcendental ethical ideals to mobilize larger groups to oppose the human rights abuses that are committed by the Deep State and by the mental health system and disguised and justified as “medical” treatments for an ever increasing number of covert “psychotics.”

 

Back to Top

***

This article may be re-published or re-posted in full or part, with attribution and linkback, by granted permission of the author. Please share widely.

Open Season on Targets: Blacklisted Individuals, Extreme Abuse in Targeting, Secretive Lab-Rat Exploitation, & Massive Establishment Cover-Up

Ramola D/Posted 12/3/2016 

Updated 2/17/2017

(With thanks to all the writers, whistleblowers, journalists, and human rights activists whose reviews supported the creation of this piece, and whose links, words, and quotes are included here.)

Secret High-Tech Surveillance, Targeting, Assault

The Deadly Reality of Today’s Covert Radiation-Policed and Neuro-Policed State, USA and WorldWide

How Blacklisted Individuals in Today’s Surveillance State, worldwide, in all Five-Eyes Countries (US, UK, Canada, New Zealand, Australia) as well as NSA-contracted countries in Europe, Asia, Africa, Are Targeted 6-Times and Used Like Lab Rats For Running-as-“Legal” yet Essentially Illegal, Wrongful, Criminal Non-Consensual Military/Navy/USAF Directed-Energy Weapons Operation, Testing, & Training as well as Non-Consensual Covert CIA/DIA/DARPA/NSA/DOJ/DHS Neuro-Experimentation in “Behavior Modification”, and Deliberately Disappeared from Public View By 1) Insidious and Strategic Deception Practiced by Colluding Psychiatrists, Colluding Medical Professionals, Colluding Media, Colluding Law Enforcement―Who Agree to Lie, and Call Them Paranoid, Delusional, and Schizophrenic; and 2) In-Community Agency Infiltrators―Who Control from Within.

How the End Result is treasonous Secret Military Subjugation of entire communities, neighborhoods, towns: In US Military jargon, Military Operations Other Than War (MOOTW), Asymmetric Warfare, Stealth Warfare, Information Warfare, Information Operations, Special Operations, Special Warfare, Psychological Warfare.

While this expose focuses on the USA, this exact protocol is being applied worldwide, in United Nations countries, in a long-running program, escalating in recent times, of ramping-up totalitarian and global control. Individual citizens will have to rise to stop it.

Written from the documented awareness, observations, experience, and analysis of those being wrongfully assaulted and exploited by this corrupt program; and necessarily inclusive of speculation, since the methodologies and technologies being used to attack and persecute individuals covertly, yet in plain view, hidden in plain sight, in the false name of National Security, may be largely classified. Information on these technologies is also obtained from public-domain patents, whistleblowers, and scientists who have worked on similar projects.

Please note: The secretive processes of current-day targeting and high-tech surveillance have been covered by many researchers, analysts, and writers in books and websites, many of which inform this article–a speculative op-ed rooted both in fact and experience. Military and Intelligence documents, talks by whistleblowers, lawsuits, published articles and reports highlighting the use of Executive Orders, statutes, and Defense-centric laws such as the NDAA and 5240.1R, information and documents gained on FOIA request, also contribute to this discussion, and are partially linked in-line, as well as listed in Sources & Further Information at the end.

Note also that because we are subject today to lies, deception, and PsyOps online, in Mainstream media, in books, and in the public domain, it’s essential to note, in human rights advocate Paul Baird’s words, “many truths are censored and kept secret…and these things we address, experienced by countless people worldwide, are no less true because proof cannot be extracted from the bowels of the Pentagon.”

The purpose of this article is to present the experience and understanding of those being targeted, assaulted with radiation weapons and neuroweapons, and non-consensually experimented-on,as understood by this writer; to unravel and piece together the means and processes by which people are being targeted–in terms of extant laws, military and Intelligence regulations and directives, Joint Targeting processes, Memoranda of Understanding between the DOD and the DOJ, loopholes in Human Subject Protections; to expose the inhumanity, moral depravity, and obscenity of this targeting and to-death human experimentation; and to offer solutions to address this inhumanity and end this targeting and assault of innocents.

This article builds on the analyses presented earlier at this site in several articles, collected under Human Rights, and explores and seeks to answer the questions: How exactly are people being targeted? How is the Military-Industrial-Intel complex, the DOD and the DOJ getting away with it? What is the extent of the PsyOp being run on the American public–and by extension, the global public? Who is involved? Who is colluding? Why is Media silent? And what can and should be done to stop it? To extend, correct, or comment on any information presented here, please email the writer or leave a comment below.

1. Scarlet Letter: Community Informants Falsely Label the Target as Terrorist/Spy

Targets are first wrongfully and unlawfully named terrorists, spies, or suspects, by paid Fusion Center FBI/DHS informants, operating in communities, weeding out the outspoken, the activists, the morally upright, anyone they take a dislike to: this includes older women and men, minorities, independent thinkers. This includes journalists, writers, whistleblowers, retirees, peace/justice activists, professors, nurses, doctors, attorneys, engineers, ex-Intel agents, veterans, teachers, home-makers, artists, people from every profession.

Secret FISA Letters and Warrants, and National Security Letters are issued wrongfully to “start an investigation” of the innocent American/named a “suspected terrorist or spy,” couched as legal criminal investigation. They are now subjects of Extreme Surveillance. The Patriot Act permits extended and useless surveillance of pretty much everyone, for pretty much any concocted reason. This may be Running-as-“Legal”, but, because it targets innocents, and builds a folder of lies around innocents, it is Illegal, and already a Crime: it is flagrantly Wrongful, and it’s being applied Inaccurately, to Non-Terrorists, Non-Spies. What results is a sustained dragnet targeting of innocents, absolutely without cause or evidence of wrongdoing, hidden by secrecy.

Diane Roark, former Congressional staffer with the Senate Intelligence Committee, explains here in this talk how Executive Order 12333 and the Patriot Act have permitted extreme abuse in targeting in the name of counter-terrorism, how NSA data is “now being used for criminal investigations, not just for counter-terrorism, which was the original purpose”, how NSA gives tips to local Law Enforcement, and “the courts are also corrupted, because they set up a fake evidentiary trail and cannot expose their data as (sourced from) NSA surveillance”, which, she notes, would be unConstitutional, how local Law Enforcement take the FBI’s lead and illegally engage in domestic, sneak-and-peek surveillance, and how the FISA court is involved (the FISA court cannot refuse to issue a warrant). Also see ex-FBI Mike German‘s talks on Youtube on indiscriminate targeting of non-terrorists, non-spies, non-criminals. See William Binney‘s expose here of secret laws, secret surveillance. See why Section 215 of the Patriot Act is detrimental to national security, and the nation at large: Let the Sun Set on PATRIOT- Section 215, Electronic Frontier Foundation

Solution: Repeal/Scrap the Patriot Act and EO 12333, Open the Secret FISA Court, Bring Due Process Back: No-one can or should be investigated as a terrorist or spy without being openly informed and openly charged in an open society. NSLs that are kept-secret should be scrapped.

NSA Whistleblower and retired Intelligence Analyst Karen Stewart, in her interview with Rob McConnell, X Zone, mentions an appeals process that should be instigated: anyone who is watchlisted should have a right to appeal this watchlisting. Due Process must be reinstated; no-one should be denied access to a meaningful defense.

This absolute power of being able to blacklist anyone in absolute secret, that the Intel agencies are currently indulging, has to be completely wrested from them. Absolute Power Corrupts Absolutely. While Secrecy is Permitting Extreme Abuse of Powers. Targeting anyone and everyone without due process, without cause, for reason of personal vendetta, for reason of suppression of free speech, activism, or dissent is not Counter-Terrorism, and is not protective of National Security.

This has to be understood for what it is really is: Secrecy-Protected Crime. Why are Intelligence agencies being permitted to criminally target Anyone without public accountability, transparency, and oversight? Innocents are being targeted in secret and destroyed in secret, this has to stop.

2. Modern Enslavement/Radiation & Neuro Policing: Innocent Targets are Put by DOJ Under Secretive 24/7 “FISA-Court-Ordered” Electronic Surveillance & Lab-Rat Physical/Biometric Surveillance

Targets (unlawfully targeted as above) are unlawfully subjected to a new and secretive Department of Justice program of 24/7 (FISA-Court-ordered) Electronic Surveillance, which involves secretive, continuous audio/video recording of the target, bugs and cameras covertly planted at their residences, continuous clandestine location tracking–a Special Operations Command military maneuver reported in 2013 as futuristic, and which secretly permits the continuous use of radiation, radar, sonic, scalar non-Lethal Weapons (possibly hidden in terminology as Biometric Surveillance Devices or Physical Surveillance Devices, on the person of the target, by local Law Enforcement and by Regional Fusion Centers which includes the Military (who are also authorized to support law enforcement agencies by Chapter 18 of Title 10 of the US Code).

This could include undisclosed Pre-Crime/Neuro-Crime/Neuro-Surveillance technologies under new, being-tested and being-rolled-out Neuro-Crime programs run under the aegis of Criminal Justice/21st-Century-Policing and permitted via long-standing classified-technology-sharing using Memoranda of Understanding with the DoD.

giordano0giordano1giordano2giordano3To understand that Neuro-Crime as contemporary facet of Criminal Justice has definitely arrived, see this brief interview with Vanderbilt Law and Biological Sciences professor Owen Jones for the 2013 PBS show Brains on Trial; also see this 2013 talk on Predictive Neuroscience given by Georgetown Neuroscience professor James Giordano(graphics from video, left); watch this collection of videos on Youtube on neuro-criminology and neurotechnology; search on Youtube using keywords Neuro Crime, Neuro Criminology, Neuro Ethics, for more.

To understand that Remote Neural Monitoring technologies, possibly classified (yet reported definitively as being experienced, non-consensually, by numerous targets, in the USA and worldwide), may be in use by DOJ under technology sharing agreements with DOD, see the expansive and detailed information on the capabilities of NSA Signals Intelligence described in ex-NSA employee John St. Clair Akwei’s 1991 lawsuit against the NSA. (While the information in this cornerstone lawsuit is unique, there is a tremendous amount of related information on this subject available on patents and technologies from researchers and whistleblowers, documented in books, videos, websites, and articles, a few listed here in Sources & Further Information.)

emf1a

Excerpt/Akwei vs. NSA

akwei-avast-safezone-2016-11-29-20-17-39

Excerpt/Akwei vs NSA

General Category: Electronic Surveillance (Electronic Surveillance IS Electronic Harassment.)
Physical (Bodily) Surveillance (Classified? Or just being kept-secret by DOJ? See this FOIA request denied by the Massachusetts Fusion Center, refusing transparency on the subject of non-lethal weapons admittedly being used on the streets, and see this FCC spreadsheet listing Ultra Wide Band (UWB) equipment, inclusive of Ground Penetrating Radar and Through The Wall Surveillance (TTWS) radar devices currently in use on the streets, obtained by a Pennsylvania resident on FOIA request.

There is also this Secret Surveillance Catalogue, ostensibly used (by Mil/Intel/local Law) only for cell phone surveillance, published by The Intercept in Dec 2015).

And just in: word of portable sonic devices marketed to Mil/Intel permitting remote bodily assault: Sonic Assault, and Sonic Nausea.

Through The Wall Surveillance (TTWS) Doppler radar devices as subset
RFID Identification chips and tracking as subset/Covertly implanted microchips, nanochips
Human Organ Surveillance as subset/Pulsed radar hits on organs
Remote ElectroMuscular tracking as subset/Remote electric shocks, low amperage
Biometric Surveillance (Classified? Or just being kept-secret by DOJ? Beyond facial recognition, iris, gait is Neuro-Surveillance. Is Brain and Nervous System Surveillance all being rolled into “Biometric” Surveillance?

Remote Functional MRIs, Remote EEGs, and Remote Neural Monitoring are all being reported by targets. )

Neuro-Crime Brain/Neuro Surveillance as subsetRemote MRIs, Remote EEGs, Remote Brain Scans
Remote Neural Monitoring as subsetPrecision targeting of nerves in human body
Radiation Intelligence Monitoring as subset–Picking up unintentionally radiated EMF/scalar brain waves as part of the NSA Signals Intelligence program (See the information on Signals Intelligence in the lawsuit John St. Clair Akwei Vs. NSA)

Remote Brain Experimentation/Neuro-Surveillance: It is entirely possible that targets are both being “surveilled/monitored” by the DOJ/FBI/Local Law Enforcement with physical/biometric surveillance devices, and also being used by the DOJ/FBI as hush-hush lab-rats for Pre-Crime, Neuro-Crime experimentation using remote radiation neuroweaponry such as those running remote fMRIs and remote EEGs, by secretly (and obviously wrongfully) enrolling them in “Countering Violent Extremism” (CVE) and other convenient programs. Supposedly, these CVE programs are being rolled out in Boston, Los Angeles, and Minneapolis; however, this targeting, from victim/Target accounts, is nationwide.

From Target accounts: These weapons, as experienced, include Through-Wall radar, portable Directed-Energy Weapons, covertly-implanted RFIDs and RFID Tracking; weapons also include the more exotic, being-tested Neuro Crime and Neuro Surveillance weapons, permitted to deliver Remote EEGs, Remote Electroshocks, Remote Neural Monitoring―all of which weaponry is possibly black-budget, covert-ops, CIA “sources & methods,” and “classified.”

(Can FOIAs and FOIA lawsuits force DOJ to reveal what classified or non-classified non-lethal weapons are in use by Fusion Centers as surveillance devices, without disclosure, on Americans? Massachusetts Fusion Center refuses to divulge information on these, citing “public safety” behind its withholding―which would suggest an acknowledgment that they (undisclosed non-lethals) are definitely in use, just not being disclosed. A FOIA request to the FCC by a Pennsylvania resident however, yielded a listing of radar-based through-wall surveillance devices as well as ground-penetrating radar possibly in use by local Law Enforcement or/and the Federal Government included in a FCC spreadsheet listing Ultra Wide Band equipment licenses.)

PLEASE NOTE: Classified non-lethal weapons jointly developed by DOJ/DOD for Criminal Justice appear to have been permitted for use on targets by the Department of Justice; no public disclosure or consent has preceded this usage. The usage of the weapons itself is covert―undisclosed; this is Secret Policing, and every American should know about it. When a state Fusion Center refuses to divulge its arsenal of non-lethal weapons currently in operation on its streets―and hidden under categories of surveillance, as surveillance devices–on a Freedom of Information Act request, as the Massachusetts Fusion Center has, to this writer, one has to question what part that attitude of deliberate secrecy has in a democracy. When it comes down to it, that attitude typifies repressive dictatorships―quintessential Banana Republics, not democracies. Is the government of the United States of America in actuality a repressive dictatorship then, and not a democracy?

Solution: The Department of Justice should fully disclose weaponry in use, and programs in use, whether pilot, experimental, or operational; no secret or covert electronic or radiation surveillance of any citizen should be allowed. This is bodily-invasive, intrusive, and extremely harmful radiation, scalar, and sonic technology. There has been no public debate and there is no public consent for this use, of undisclosed weaponry and undisclosed surveillance technology. This weaponry has been reported by all being assaulted with it as barbaric and inhumane; a military investigator has openly stated that certain non-lethal weapons are in actuality lethal; an ex-UK Navy microwave weapons expert has stated that all non-lethal weapons can be used lethally; targets report continuous 24/7 assault with these radiation weapons―that is not non-lethal usage, that is lethal usage.

3. Modern Enslavement/Target Practice: Innocent Targets are Secretly Enrolled into Multi-Million-Dollar Defense Contracts for Terminal Lab-Rat Directed-Energy Weapons Bio-Effects Testing

Targets (unlawfully targeted as above, and made the wrongful subjects of surveillance) are unlawfully entered–human-trafficked–into multi-million-dollar Military/USAF/Navy/Space Weapons experimentation programs, mostly field weapons testing of Directed Energy Weapons (DEWs), exploring Anti-Personnel Effects or Bio-Effects.

usaf-gen-dyn-2013

Excerpt/Thermal and Behavioral Effects of Exposure to Moving Small Diameter, 95-GHz Millimeter Wave Energy Spots, FWR-2012-0147H/Obtained on FOIA Request, Aug 2015

(See this post here for links to RFPs, contracts, and reports. See Dr. Robert Duncan’s note on field testing of weapons. Visit the Non-Lethal Human Effects page on the DOD Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Program website. Research DEW Bio-Behavioral Research or Human Effects.)

From RFP information and target accounts: These are Bio-Behavioral Effects Research programs, testing levels at which deleterious effects of radiation weapons can be detected on the human body, including damage to DNA, tissue, and cell structure, testing specific thermal and bio-electric effects, and testing the diverse capabilities of diverse EMF/RF/ELF sensors (land, space, and air-based, stationary and moving, close and distant, portable and hand-held, all covert) in tracking radio frequencies emitted by corporally-integrated RF microchips, bio-MEMs, and nanotechnology clandestinely implanted in the target’s body, as well as those emitted by individual brain and heart EMFs.

a11-5240-1r1aa11-5240-1who1aa11-5240-1rkeep1aa11-5240-1r01a

Secret Military Experimentation Unto Death: This experimentation is 24/7, and involves the operation of death-dealing Directed-Energy Weapons. The US Department of Defense has dared to characterize these deadly energy weapons acting across distance as “Non-Lethal Weapons” of “Electronic Warfare” — but in permitting, conducting, and promoting the experimental usage of these weapons on American civilians and veterans, as well as citizens worldwide, has openly proved to these Americans how deadly these weapons are, in their ability to very quickly degrade human organs, human brains, human bodies, in their use of radiation, sonics, and scalar technologies to cause chronic health damage, cancers, strokes, heart attacks, and–it must be stressed–death.

To be very clear, this incredibly inhumane US Military experimentation–masterminded by the conscienceless, mad scientists who have set up these testing and experimentation programs (and who pick up padded paychecks for it)–appears to be experimentation unto death. As far as this writer knows (as per information from numerous “Targeted Individuals,” books, and whistleblowers), no target has ever been released from these grotesque and cruel programs of non-consensual human experimentation; many targets, especially in recent times, have died both of illnesses from chronic directed-energy assault and suddenly-induced heart attacks. This includes well-known and beloved activists, public speakers, and writers Dr. Rauni Luukanen-Kilde, MD, author Gloria Naylor, and activists Sean Stinn, and Zakaos Breedlove-Ewing.

This death-industry experimentation ―completely non-consensual–is legally being permitted on the subjects of surveillance under cover of being important for “national security” by such outrageous, citizen-harming, and barbaric laws as the AUMF, NDAA, EO 12333, and the Defense-Industry-centric Military Directive 5240.1 R, an oligarchic imperative which freely permits military experimentation on All US citizens.

Put under surveillance by the NSA/FBI/FISA/DHS; Subjected to experimental non-stop “electronic” (read radiation/neuro) surveillance by DOJ; Experimented on for Intelligence Purposes by EO 12333 and 5240.1R; Indefinitely detained without due process by NDAA; Cleared for Non-Consensual Experimentation by loopholes in the Common Rule and OHRP, HHS (Office of Human Research Protections, Department of Health and Human Services); Experimented on Forever/& Terminally by way of Indefinite Detention, Neverending “Investigations,” Neverending Surveillance; Subjected to PsyOps and Smear Campaigns; Lives, livelihoods, and relationships destroyed: this is the Trail of Tears for targets today.

It should be noted here that in fact, All US citizens are indeed currently being targeted, assaulted, and experimented on, with heavy-metal aerosols (chem trails), nanotechnology, EMF radiation, GMOs, biological weapons (viruses), toxins and fertility-disruptors in vaccinations, ELF transmissions via HAARP, and more, in covert health-degradation programs related to the very real and long-standing United Nations depopulation agenda run globally. Some US citizens however are experimented on several times over, as detailed here, as enslaved targets entered into Electronic Warfare DEW-assault programsand other covert Intelligence experimentation programs, discussed further below.

a12marinesintel-1aa12marinesintel-2aa12marinesintel-4a

False Labels of “Enemy Combatant”/Geneva Convention Protections Scrapped: Perusing Military Intelligence Oversight documents online also suggests that targets are possibly being named “enemy combatants” who are “engaging in actions of hostility” against the United States, and are then permitted to become military/war-time objects of surveillance, counter-intelligence, and counter-terrorism―in collusion with Intelligence “components”–ie, other Intelligence agencies and departments, and, in their confabulation as “enemy combatants,” are no longer considered “protected persons” under the Geneva Convention―opening the door to an infinity of massive abuse as subjects of deadly military experimentation.

This slide from the DOD Intelligence Oversight Program presentation points to the key, citizen-harming directives governing the activities of Military Intelligence, although other regulations and directives also exist:

DOD Directive 5240.1R, Revised August 2016/Procedure 13
Procedure 13 – Experimentation on Human Subjects for Intelligence Purposes

A. APPLICABILITY

This procedure applies to experimentation on human subjects if such experimentation is conducted by or on behalf of a DoD intelligence component. This procedure does not apply to experimentation on animal subjects.

B. EXPLANATION OF UNDEFINED TERMS

1. Experimentation in this context means any research or testing activity involving human subjects that may expose such subjects to the possibility of permanent or temporary injury (including physical or psychological damage and damage to the reputation of such persons) beyond the risks of injury to which such subjects are ordinarily exposed in their daily lives.

2. Experimentation is conducted on behalf of a DoD intelligence component if it is conducted under contract to that component or to another DoD component for the benefit of the intelligence component or at the request of such a component regardless of the existence of a contractual relationship.

DOD Directive 5240.1R, Revised August 2016

Executive Order 12333 permits various kinds of surveillance and physical searches by different Intelligence agencies and departments of the military for various purposes, particularly Intelligence surveillance, and includes this qualified allowance for human subject experimentation, in itself deceptive, because DHHS guidelines mentioned below lead, via loopholes in the Common Rule (slightly modified individually for and by different agencies and DOD), right back to the whims and vagaries of agencies and DOD, to waivers of Informed Consent by the Secretary of Defense, blank-check internal Review Boards for research projects, and no external oversight:

2.10 Human Experimentation. No agency within the Intelligence Community shall sponsor, contract for or conduct research on human subjects except in accordance with guidelines issued by the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). The subject’s informed consent shall be documented as required by those guidelines. (EO 12333)

Indefinite Detention without trial, as we know, is being preserved in the NDAA 2016, both for Guantanamo and for the rest of the USA, fought for by President Obama’s Administration as noted here in 2013, even as empty promises to close Guantanamo were frequently aired:

“Yet Obama was less concerned with the constitutional rights of American citizens, who can still be detained indefinitely under the NDAA. From Salon:

Meanwhile the troubling NDAA provision first signed into law in 2012, which permits the military to detain individuals indefinitely without trial, remains on the books for 2014. Efforts to quash or reform the provision (especially with regards to the indefinite detention of U.S. citizens) have failed and been fiercely fought by the administration. Most notably, a lawsuit filed against the president by plaintiffs including journalist Chris Hedges, Noam Chomsky and Daniel Ellsberg against the provision has been aggressively fought at every turn by the president’s attorneys. The plaintiffs argue that the NDAA provision constitutes a significant expansion of the laws regarding indefinite detention already established by Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF).

Hedges has chronicled his fight against the detention provision of the NDAA here at Truthdig. And it should be a worrisome provision for anyone who believes in basic American civil liberties, which have been significantly eroded since the 9/11 terrorist attacks.” Truthdig/Obama Signs NDAA, Maintaining Indefinite Detention Provision/Dec 27, 2013

Ironically, this slide on the 2013 DOD Intelligence Oversight Program presentation offers the rest of us a revealing glimpse of Intelligence activities being conducted (and kept undisclosed and “protected from disclosure” with a label) that the world at large might find questionable, improper, immoral, venal, exploitative, dishonorable.

The various means by which targets are being used as lab-rats for the operation of deadly directed-energy weapons used in Electronic Warfare on their bodies include avid Military Deception, termed MILDEC in military jargon.

Is Informed Consent being buried by (false) claims of “Minimal Risk”? Consider for instance that a recent FOIA request to the USAF, delayed for many months, for documents and details on Informed Consent onthe 7-yr, 2013 USAF-General Dynamics Directed-Energy Weapons Bio-Behavioral Research contract, yielded only partial and redactedinformation (released documents here), claimed Exemption 5 USC 552 b (4)to withhold technical data, did not yield full information on field testing of the DEWs mentioned–meaning, could not openly prove that the weapons-testing on this contract had the full, informed consent of all those being tested on–yet had a Federal Wide Assurance (of human subject protections and Informed Consent) filed with the OHRP, obtained separately on FOIA from the OHRP (FWA here). (Information from this FOIA will be covered separately in an article soon.) Note, this is an ongoing USAF weapons-testing contract doing DEBR-Directed Energy Bio-Behavioral Research on Americans, which has been approved by the Office of Human Research Protections, at the US Department of Health and Human Services.

While this particular possibility needs further research, given current Common Rule/Based on The Belmont Report loopholes regarding Informed Consent, given current OHRP Federal Wide Assurance loopholes regarding applicability to the Common Rule and Informed Consent, and given that General Dynamics Federal-Wide Assurance filed with OHRP, it could just be that the Principal Investigators and Human Protections Administrators at Defense contractor corporations and Institutional Review Boards signing off on these contracts and signing Federal-Wide Assurances (FWAs) filed (as required–as per OHRP–for all contracts using “human subjects”) with the Office of Human Research Protections at the Department of Health and Human Services are openly lying about “minimal harm” to subjects, “minimal risk,” and acting as authoritarian arbiters of Informed Consent for their non-consensual subjects, even as the Common Rule offers the Military convenient loopholes to permit waivers of Informed Consent, and the NDAA openly permits enslavement of American citizens for lab-rat exploitation, all in the false name of National Security.

Permitting the Military to train weapons on citizens under cover of necessity–and consenting to Military Deception in burying Informed Consent from potential “human subjects”–is not “National Security”, it is National Suicide.

Solution: Repeal the NDAA. Rescind the DoD Directive 5240.1 R. Revoke EO 12333. Remove all loopholes from the Common Rule, and from the terms of the OHRP’s Federal Wide Assurance. Rescind all military, intelligence, and JTRIG directives permitting citizen-use for weapons-testing or any kind of human experimentation. In addition, publicly question the US Department of Defense and all Intelligence agencies permitting this current covert assault on citizens, hold them accountable for the inflicting of harm and for gross human rights violations: these should be considered in the light of war crimes, for what they are, crimes against humanity.

Strike all noxiously permissive legislation allowing human bio-behavioral effects testing from the books. Do not permit or legalize weapons-testing on citizens for any reason. Citizens should NEVER be harmed by their own governments, whom they themselves elect, support with taxes, and expect to represent them. Militaries are supposed to defend citizens, not assault them. There is no such thing as needing to harm citizens for National Security, just because China or Russia may also have these weapons.

Governments that experiment with military weapons on citizens are in fact flagrantly harming National Security―there is no national security when military and mercenary contractors are running around hunting down innocent citizens everywhere they go with deadly Electronic Warfare radiation weapons, the correct word for that is State-Sponsored Domestic Terrorism. Worldwide, it must be noted that these quite-lethal “non-lethal” Electronic Warfare weapons, like blinding lasers, like nuclear weapons, are barbaric weapons which must be banned, worldwide.

4. Modern Enslavement/MK ULTRA Neuro-Experimentation: Innocent Targets are “Detained” without Due Process for Lab-Rat Remote Brain Interrogation in Classified Non-Consensual CIA/DIA/DARPA Intelligence “Sources and Methods” MK ULTRA-Extended Experiments

Under current law, the federal government has proclaimed the power, has arrogated to itself the power to obtain indefinitely without charge or trial U.S. Citizens and lawful permanent residents who are apprehended on American soil. Let that sink in for just a minute.” Senator Lee also reminded the Congress that the last time the U.S. federal government detained Americans was the internment of Japanese Americans during the Second World War.

Senator Rand Paul noted that President Obama recognized the danger of granting the federal government the power to indefinitely detain Americans. Upon signing the bill in 2011 President Obama added a signing statement promising not to use the power. “He said, this is a terrible power and I promise never to use it. Any president who says a power is so terrible he is not going to use it should not be on the books,” Paul stated. “Someday there will be someone in charge of the government that makes a grievous mistake, like rounding up the Japanese. So we have to be very, very careful about giving power to our government.” Activist Post/NDAA 2017 Includes Draft for Women, Indefinite Detention for American Citizens

Targets (unlawfully targeted as above) are unlawfully detained without due process by the NDAA for “interrogation,” as per President Obama’s casual sign-off on this Constitution-busting military power-grab, which attempts to legalize and opens the door both for “Criminal Justice” interrogation experimentation using Neuro Crime weaponry to remotely probe brains as described above in (2), and also for “Intelligence Surveillance” interrogation experimentation programs conducted by the NSA/CIA/DARPA/DIA to further their in-process, classified CIA/DARPA MKULTRA-extended programs of Neuro-Experimentation, Neuro-Modification, and Behavior-Modification.

NSA/DARPA/CIA Full-Spectrum Dominance steps in here. Subjects under surveillance are being legally exploited for invasive remote non-consensual experimentation by Military and Intelligence entities, since surveillance currently permits experimentation.

From the FAQ page at the CIA website:

By law, the CIA is specifically prohibited from collecting foreign intelligence concerning the domestic activities of US citizens. Its mission is to collect information related to foreign intelligence and foreign counterintelligence. By direction of the president in Executive Order 12333 of 1981 and in accordance with procedures approved by the Attorney General, the CIA is restricted in the collection of intelligence information directed against US citizens. Collection is allowed only for an authorized intelligence purpose; for example, if there is a reason to believe that an individual is involved in espionage or international terrorist activities. The CIA’s procedures require senior approval for any such collection that is allowed, and, depending on the collection technique employed, the sanction of the Director of National Intelligence and Attorney General may be required. These restrictions on the CIA have been in effect since the 1970s.

The “Collection” referenced above is, from target accounts and lawsuits such as ex-NSA’s St. John Clair Akwei lawsuit, and from the work of analysts, writers, and targets, speculated to include information gathered from Neuro or Brain Surveillance, Monitoring, and Interrogation.

By this means, under Criminal Justice Neuro-Interrogation and Intelligence Surveillance Neuro-Interrogation, Intelligence and Security agencies are being permitted to experimentally remotely probe, monitor, and modify brains, actions that, from inference on FOIA requests, are “properly classified” as “sources and methods of gaining intelligence” and not subject to any Common Rule protections of human subjects because classified research is permitted by current loopholes in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) to evade Informed Consent requirements. (This recent post, exploring proposed 2015 changes to the CFR/Common Rule–which seek to include further evasions, exclusions, and concessions for classified research–explores the subject of current-day neuro-experimentation without Informed Consent by “covered agencies”.)

In other words, targets already subjected to Extreme Radiation Electronic Surveillance by the DOJ, and used non-consensually for military weapons-testing, are also unlawfully entered into classified CIA/DIA/NSA/DARPA MKULTRA-extended programs of non-consensual neuro-experimentation and neuro-modification, bio-hacking, and bio-robotization, involving 24/7 pain and trauma signalling for neural network re-programming, no-touch torture, sleep-deprivation, V2K (voice to skull/synthetic telepathy, i.e., voices in head), clandestine implantation of RFID microchips, bio-MEMs, and nanotechnology, clandestine activation of these implants for pain and trauma-signaling, continuous remote brain and neural monitoring via remote EEGs, brain-EMF-harvesting, Brain-Computer Interfaces, Electronic Brain Links, Brain-to-Brain communication, EEG cloning, mind hiving, and interrogation via Dream Manipulation. This information on current-day MKULTRA neuro-experimentation is provided both by ex-CIA scientists, whistleblowers, and current-day “TI” victims of this unlawful and extreme experimentation. Also see the Akwei lawsuit and the Larsen report.

Proving the fact of this ongoing experimentation―if insider whistleblowers and human-rights-centered hackers don’t step forward, as they ethically, absolutely must–will necessitate a no-holds-barred interrogation and investigation of NSA/CIA/DARPA, their contracts, and their contractors. Secrecy that permits such torture of citizens, such violence hidden in plain sight, yet bound by lies suggesting “proper classification” Must be ended. Concerned neuroscientists, psychologists, psychiatrists, physicians, human rights advocates, journalists, Information Technology specialists, and citizens Should initiate such an investigation―over more than three decades, Congress has been made aware by constituents, is possibly fully aware, but is silent. This situation cannot hold. Secrecy that permits crime is a crime, and must be ended.

Solution: Bring Due Process and Full Accountability back, no exceptions. Hold the Department of Justice accountable. Hold the CIA, DIA, ODNI, NSA, and DARPA accountable. Demand transparency.

No secretive, classified, covert and non-consensual pre-crime Criminal Justice Neuro-Surveillance or (Neuro) Behavior or Brain Modification operations or experimentation should be permitted or tested on humans; it must be stressed that all experimentees report their experience as barbaric and inhumane experimentation. To clarify: All neuro-experimentation being reported by non-consensual experimentees today is being reported as Torture.

Classified research which is hiding under cover of “National Security” and engaging in these covert crimes of absolute, untenable Torture against humanity needs to be fully opened up. This is a case of Classification to permit covert crimes. Hidden under “sources and methods” in efforts to create “the perfect spy” or to aid HUMINT or Human Intelligence Collection, these are grotesque, barbaric, and completely inhumane experiments and an assault on our common humanity.

In other words, these covered agencies, using National Security and Counter Terrorism as cover, may say they are conducting “Counter Intelligence,” but in reality are conducting Torture.

Dismantle the CIA’s, DIA’s, and NSA’s dirty-ops research wing, which is using EMF/sonic/scalar and wifi-based Pain, Trauma, and Torture (in continuation of MK ULTRA’s pain-based experiments) to modify neural networks, personal memories, psychology, behavior, and human brains, to hack into brains, take over human brains, and manipulate motor, audio, and visual cortexes in attempts to create compliant, subjugated, docile, and fully manipulable human beings. Challenge All classification of research on human beings, disallow the CIA, DARPA, and NSA from experimenting under cover of classification for any reason on humans. Covered experimentation is Pure Abuse.

NOTE: As noted above, the CIA is quite possibly concealing the use of these radiation/scalar/sonic DEWs and neuroweapons under both classified labels and the cover-all-crimes Sources and Methods of Gathering Intelligence category, as FOIA request responses imply. Further, as per the 2015 NPRM for the Common Rule, the CIA, with other agencies, has recently been seeking sweeping changes to the Common Rule, demanding that all research it conducts be considered normative and beneficial Intelligence activity, and therefore be exempted fully from the human subject protections of the Common Rule. (This is nothing but a covered agency already abusing humans under cover seeking even deeper cover by way of deliberate Public Deception–possibly to hide its current abuse of humans, which many “Targeted Individuals” and MK ULTRA survivors are speaking out about, but perhaps also to protect its future, so it can run future programs of abusive experimentation undercover, unknown to all, and unchecked.)

5. Psychological & Social Domestic Terrorism: Targets are subjected to community-wide COINTELPRO assaults, character-assassination, community ridicule, isolation, color-coding tied in to Lab-Rat Exploitation in Neuro-Experimentation, Neuro Imaging, Psychiatry, Artificial Intelligence Networks, and New Police-State Paradigm Social Engineering experiments.

Targets (unlawfully targeted, surveilled, “detained”, and remotely neuro-interrogated as above) are further unlawfully subjected to COINTELPRO actions by the FBI/DHS/local Law/local fusion centers and their community accomplices: Infragard, Citizen Watch, and Community Watch units―which include continuous traffic and street harassment, organized stalking, public-place swarming, mobbing, organized noise harassment, employment sabotage, and community smear campaigns or character-assassination. Active Deception is used to tell communities targets are threats who need to be watched continuously.

In the ’70s, COINTELPRO was found to have flourished on secrecy:

“The Church Committee found that part of the problem with COINTELPRO was that no one outside the FBI was ever supposed to know it existed.14 No one could object to activities they weren’t aware of and, as investigators found, “the absence of disapproval” was “interpreted by the Bureau as sufficient authorization to continue an activity.”15 Secrecy created a haven from the public eye where abuse could flourish.-Michael German and Jay Stanley, ACLU, Dec 2007, What’s Wrong with Fusion Centers?

Merging with COINTELPRO today is the program of PsyOps supplied by the DOD/CIA (MK ULTRA/Monarch) Neuro-Experimenters running large-scale, Artificial Intelligence-run, community-based Neuro Imaging experiments and Neural Linguistic Programming―possibly roping communities in under the guise of “Community-Based Participatory Research”, a new code-word for research involving communities identified as “at risk”, and recruiting whole communities in social engineering projects, not dissimilar to the Military’s social science projects being conducted under the Minerva initiative–and which could easily be considered to be COINTELPRO actions of organized stalking and harassment by way of the tactics used: organized color-coding, organized street theatre, organized runners, walkers, manipulated conversations, organized “interventions” via telemarketers, surveyers, utility-staff, students, military psychologists, using Infragard and Neighborhood Watch civilians as stalkers, organizing secretive house break-ins and “gaslighting”, compelling community members to act as meme-spreaders/mimes/ mimics, creating community echoes of the target’s words and phrasing, actions, clothing, all in “plausibly deniable” ways.

In other words, targets are subjected continuously in public and at home in their neighborhoods to COINTELPRO Disruption of the enemy’s life or PsyOps for, possibly, Neural Imaging/Neural Linguistic Programming purposes disguised as Community-Based Participatory Research/or disguised as Community Policing or Neighborhood Watch which essentially ropes whole communities/towns into 24/7 surveillance/ Zersetsung/ PsyOps against the target. Psychological warfare on civilians has been made legal. Note that President Obama signed an Executive Order into effect in September 2015, referring to Government-Approved Deception of the Public as obtaining “Behavioral Science Insights” and openly permitting Open-Season for PsyOps on all targets, and on all Americans.

the-complex_-how-the-military-invades-our-everyday-lives-nick-turse

Excerpt/The Complex: How the Military Invades our Everyday Lives, by Nick Turse

COINTELPRO Includes Public and Private Radiation Assaults: Please note, this level of COINTELPRO―which includes the continuous Electronic Surveillance secretly permitted by the DOJ―permits Citizen Watch and utility and local business personnel in any enterprise, i.e., FedEx, UPS, USPS, Amazon, any store-front, gas-station, the City’s trash trucks and recycling trucks, landscaping, roofing, chimney-cleaning, swimming-pool cleaning, National Grid, gas and power utilities, to point cell-phones at targets in public, directing wifi/microwave signals at them, and to point covert portable DEWs at them in public and inside buildings and homes, constantly irradiating targets. Telecom companies in particular―Comcast, Xfinity―and power companies such as National Grid are being used to do even more, such as pump ELFs into targets’ homes, covertly rig targets’ homes and neighborhoods with electrical circuits which facilitate Remote Electro-Shocking, engage in Remote Neural Monitoring, and direct extreme-spread microwave/X-ray radiation attacks at them (while inside homes, inside stores, churches, museums, restaurants). DHS and military personnel often work as drivers of these utility and business trucks.

This secret surveillance program is neither delusory nor imagined; this is exactly what Bush promised, shortly after 9/11, in TIPs (Terrorism Information and Prevention System):

“As with the Patriot Act, TIPS is being pursued as part of the so-called war against terrorism. It is a Department of Justice project.

Highlighting the scope of the surveillance network, TIPS volunteers are being recruited primarily from among those whose work provides access to homes, businesses or transport systems. Letter carriers, utility employees, truck drivers and train conductors are among those named as targeted recruits.

A pilot program, described on the government Web site http://www.citizencorps.gov, is scheduled to start next month in 10 cities, with 1 million informants participating in the first stage. Assuming the program is initiated in the 10 largest US cities, that will be 1 million informants for a total population of almost 24 million, or one in 24 people.” (The Sunday Morning Herald, July 15, 2002, “US Planning to Recruit 1/24 Americans as Spies”

Neither current-day TIPS, now known as National Neighborhood Watch (and run by the National Sheriffs’ Association), nor the addition of “electronic surveillance” gets coverage in mainstream media. But there has been some recent public disclosure of covert electronic surveillance, eg of X-Ray vans in New York, in the media; this Asymmetric or Unconventional Warfare (explained in this 2008 Special Operations Forces Unconventional Warfare handbook) is well covered by targeted writers and analysts online and in books, including being reported in Mark Rich’s New World War, and has been explored here earlier.

COINTELPRO PsyOps Designed to Make Target Sound Paranoid: It has also been noted that these PsyOps are intended to make the target sound delusional if he/she reports the massive, all-round COINTELPRO/organized stalking/PsyOps he/she receives. The purpose here being even more insidious, to get this fully-exploited victim of non-consensual covert neuro-experimentation slammed with a psychiatric diagnosis of delusional disorder/paranoid schizophrenia―an old, dirty tactic to discredit the non-consensual experimentee, keep the real truth of (“properly classified” yet criminal, torture-based) neuro-experimentation and electronic experimentation from getting out to the general public, and to enable continued, endless, secretive electronic-warfare and neuro experimentation, abuse, and torture of the victim.

A quote from the ex-Military security professional who runs the highly informative website fightgangstalking.com spells it out:

Since counterintelligence stalking goes far beyond surveillance – into the realm of psychological terrorism, it is essentially a form of extrajudicial punishment. As such, the harassment is illegal – even when done by the government. It clearly violates, for example, the U.S. Constitution’s Fourth Amendment, which prohibits unwarranted searches, and the Sixth Amendment – which guarantees the right to a trial. Such operations also violate similar fundamental rights defined by state constitutions. Stalking is also specifically prohibited by the criminal codes of every state in America.”

In essence, by this COINTELPRO, targets are being –extrajudiciously, inhumanely, invasively―continuously psychologically, physically, and socially assaulted.

Solution:Today’s COINTELPRO has to be exposed and abolished, with the perpetrators prosecuted. That Executive Order permitting PsyOps needs to be repealed. Fusion Centers need to be publicly questioned and prosecuted. Community Based Participatory Research run on military contracts, whether classified or not, needs to be publicly questioned by human rights groups, its ties to COINTELPRO exposed, and terminated. The entire Watch program has to be opened up, exposed, audited, challenged, ended. Hold the FBI, DHS, JTRIG, and local fusion centers accountable. Hold DARPA, CIA, DIA, NSA, their private contractors, and all Universities assisting on such contracts accountable.

Hold all utilities and businesses participating in such noxious electronic abuse of targets accountable. Open up the secrecy behind all counter-intelligence practices by the covered Agencies. Make all such crime, including by the FBI or DHS under counter-intelligence or surveillance headers, illegal and prosecutable. Make all such programs of “participatory-research” by deception completely obsolete. Make America Sane again.

6. Fusion Center-Encouraged Abuse By Neighbors/Neighborhood Assault: Targets are being subjected to the extreme abuse of continuous surveillance, PsyOps, noise harassment, and electronic abuse by their neighbors, in their own neighborhoods/as part of Lab-Rat Exploitation in New Paradigm (4th Reich?) Social Engineering operations

Targets (already subject to the extreme abuses of unlawful targeting, radiation and neuro-surveillance, military weapons testing, neuro-experimentation based on trauma and pain-signalling, and harassive COINTELPRO on the streets) are therefore now being unlawfully assaulted and abused by their own community members who have consented (under false notice of investigations, surveillance, and defamatory lies about the target):

1) to assist in “ManHunting” or high-tech tracking the target (for 24/7 continuous electronic surveillance) using GPS tracking and cell phones/apps to track the target’s location and implanted-RFID emissions or brain EMFs or both, and to openly surveill the target,

2) to assault the target with Pulsed Microwave Frequencies, via provided cell phone apps, or provided directed-energy weapons, or installed antennas on their property;

3) to engage in PsyOps/Neural Linguistic Programming actions against the target as described above of color-coding, mimicking, engaging in street theater and directed conversations,

4) to engage in COINTELPRO actions of street harassment and noise harassment against the target, and

5) to further spread the lies, rumors, and defamatory stories about the target in the target’s neighborhood and community.

Exactly like the East German practice of Zersetsung, and the Nazi practice of forcing neighbors to snitch and spy on neighbors, this current-day 24/7 Neighborhood Abuse of targets, masquerading as surveillance, works to further assault, abuse, and victimize the target. It also conditions neighbors to dehumanize and hunt down neighbors, and furthers the program of New Police State Paradigm social re-engineering which seems to be underway.

Solution: Turning neighbors wrongfully against neighbors are crimes. These are acts of psychologial, social, and domestic terrorism and should be treated that way. The military and Intelligence agencies, operating through fusion centers, local law enforcement, and neighborhood watch groups should be publicly questioned, exposed, and prosecuted. Fusion Centers and their many components should be held publicly accountable. Neighborhood Watch groups should not be permitted to engage in actions of assault―surveillance, PsyOPs, electronic―against others in their neighborhood. Dismantle the FBI, DHS, NSA, CIA and military groups, who are permitting or creating this atrocity; at the very least, question them publicly, open up their budgets, audit them, and force the public exposure and termination of this systemic crime.

7. Establishment Cover-Up: The witness―the victim, the experiencer, the target of radiation-surveillance, the 2016 non-consensual classified-ops neuro-experimentee, the exploited lab-rat―is silenced by colluding medical professionals, colluding and ignorant psychiatrists, colluding law enforcement, and a bought, corporate and colluding mainstream media, while being stifled in-house by Govt/Agency infiltrators

Silencing the Witness: Colluding medical professionals, in particular, psychiatrists move in to disappear and Blame the Victim in an astounding act of medical malpractice by naming all those reporting such covert harassment and remote electromagnetic experimentation on their bodies as delusional and schizoid―without once testing their claims of being implanted and frequency-assaulted scientifically, with measuring instruments; without once consulting with neuroscientists, radiologists, toxicologists, medical physicists; without ever getting informed on the current state of neuroscience, the history of experimentation on human beings and animals with electromagnetic radiation, and the history of covert non-consensual neuro-experimentation (eg, MK ULTRA, MK DELTA, MK NAOMI, Project Bluebird, Project Artichoke); and without examining the vast body of evidence available today in patents or revealed by various whistleblowers―guided instead by the wrongful labeling of psychiatric disorders in the increasingly fraudulent DSM, which many psychologists and psychiatrists of integrity question. Disorders named and labelled in the DSM as absolute illnesses, for instance, are not based on physiological evidence but are subjectively decided by a group of psychiatrists, by vote.

Colluding psychiatrists, working for the state and working for the psycho-pharmaceutical complex which puts out the DSM, invent deadlier and deadlier drugs each year, and are responsible for the mass drugging into absolute oblivion of various populations, be they ADHD or “oppositional defiant disorder” teenagers or too-excitable toddlers deemed worthy of Ritalin or Seroquel to help prop up the diseased State with its overt and covert arsenal of intimate Surveillance and Control mechanisms. In essence, acting against psyches, against psychological health and well-being, and against societies. In complete opposition to the ethos, essence, and metier of the Hippocratic Oath, and in absolute servility to society’s current oppressors. In Servility to Surveillance should perhaps be emblazoned on their doors. Or Subservience to Surveillance.

History shows us that psychiatrists support the State in situations of totalitarian oppression, overt or covert. History―from right here in the USA―also shows us that corrupt doctors and psychiatrists lie to cover up secretive and abusive non-consensual experimentation―as the 1950s Plutonium Experiments reported by Eileen Winsome, for instance, readily prove. Today, psychiatrists effectively collude with the State to silence and disappear the victims of this 21st-century tyranny: abusive, classified, non-consensual neuro-experimentation and DEW research.

Colluding medical professionals at Universities and hospitals such as surgeons, anaesthetists, technicians, neuroscientists, physicians, and dentists obviously also support the Deep State’s Intelligence agencies by conducting the covert surgical operations of implanting RFID chips, bioMEMs, neurostimulators/BCI chips/other kinds of chips, microcircuits, stentrods, and wires in the bodies of those individuals who have been blacklisted and roped into the criminal programs of covert experimentation discussed here.

Colluding corporate government-run mainstream media swoop in for the kill when targets protest, naming targets insane and seeking to destroy their credibility, as recent New York Times, Mother Jones, and Daily Beast articles and rather frantic Psy Op entries in Rational Wiki and Wikipedia demonstrate. Further, since 2014, when Glenn Greenwald went abruptly silent on the subject after promising to publish the names of all NSA-surveilled individuals, corporate media has shown it will not cover the issue of blacklisted individuals at all. Worse, those reporting as Targeted Individuals are glibly named insane by well-paid journalists, while Targeting itself, a continuing, obvious, oft-stated, and primary concern of this Surveillance State, is completely avoided by mainstream media as a subject of any concern whatsoever; since The Intercept‘s limited reveal of a group of Muslim professionals targeted wrongfully by the State, no further follow-up has occurred. Did Snowden’s trove of documents include details on this targeting of individuals, did it include names and personal circumstances? We’ll never know, will we, if The Intercept is to exclusively mind this information―and has shown reluctance to publish. Whether they have this information or not, however, neither they nor any other media group is pressing the NSA for details on targeting, past or present. The subject of domestic targeting in fact has literally fallen off the radar in mainstream media.

The perfidy and extremity of Media malfeasance here cannot and should not go unnoticed.

Media has essentially become a mouthpiece for Government deception or MILDEC―Military Deception. Media thereby removes itself from its base responsibility to research and report on current affairs for the people, exonerates itself from any culpability in the large matter of ignoring the reports of non-consensual experimentation and covert assault rising continually in cries for help from an assaulted public, and in so doing, proves its collaboration with the State, and against the people.

The campaign to suppress vocal and eloquent non-consensual experimentees and dupe their audience has in fact taken on an urgent and unsavory twist; blaming the Victim, the (CIA-run?) New York Times has shown, is a practice that seeks desperately to be comprehensive and meta-aware. It involves denigrating every single action the reporting victim has taken―whether it is contacting Congressmen, organizing online for support or validation, or writing letters to the editor of the New York Times (or any other media outlet) asking for help. All of this is marked as delusional, all of this is referred to the Psychiatry Establishment as essentially their domain of concern.

(This, despite the fact that, historically, neuro-experimentation, both public-domain and classified, is a known fact, that thousands of patents exist for both neuro-experimentation devices, weaponry, and methodologies, contracts exist for directed-energy weapons testing, and mainstream neuroscience no longer conceals that brains can be invaded, thoughts read, and neural networks modified.)

So Media helps along the fallacy in action here; when people report assault with radiation weaponry and symptoms of neuro-experimentation, no recourse to Medical Physics, Radiology, Radio-Frequency Engineering, or Neuroscience is sought. Instead, a colluding or uninformed DSM-loyal psychiatrist is appealed to, for help in securing a facile and fraudulent “schizophrenia/schizoid/delusional” diagnosis, and Media, not batting a single analytical eyelid, reports this diagnosis as the legitimate, accurate, last word.

Media collusion here expresses the intent of those who are manipulating Media, the Intelligence agencies who still seek absolute hegemony over Americans and the whole of humanity: clearly, the intent is to ruthlessly suppress all reports of covert assault and experimentation by silencing the reporting individual, that is, silencing the witness, the experiencer, the primary voice alerting the world to ongoing Covert Ops programs of neuro-torture and electromagnetic weapons-testing being run by clearly out-of-control Intelligence agencies, complacent military contractors, and a vast National Security apparatus crying “Spy! Terrorist! Unstable! Threat!” on random innocent citizens, whistleblowers, and activists.

Colluding Law Enforcement help establish the deception; just like those psychiatrists and medical professionals in the Know, who assist with the covert implantations or actively collude to diagnose victims reporting the situation as schizoid, Law Enforcement engages in the most insidious deception, permitting, supporting, and assisting the cruel and barbaric targeting of individuals with deadly radiation technology, on the one hand using Through The Wall Surveilance pulsing radar devices―and other, undisclosed “non-lethal weapons” disguised as physical/biometric surveillance–on them, and on the other, denying any knowledge of targets being targeted, feigning concern that all reporting are mentally ill, need community Mental Health intervention, and helping provide this by Baker-Acting them. See NSA whistleblower Karen Stewart’s account of being Baker-Acted.

In-Community Government Infiltrators, meanwhile, help along the Covert Ops cause by insinuating themselves as “helpful” technology experts, information analysts, activists, counselors, and organizers right in the middle of the community of brutally assaulted, seriously-victimized lab-rat targets, jostling their way into key positions at the head of “TI” groups, seeking to establish themselves―on listservs, email lists, regional groups–as key spokespersons, taking charge of what technology can and cannot be spoken about (no talk of Black Ops Neuroweapons allowed, no mention of Remote Neural Monitoring, Neurophones, Mind Control, Covert RFID or Bio-MEM implants, Brain EMF Harvesting by Cell Phone, Pulsed Microwave Radiation delivered via Cell Phone, Scalar Technologies, neighbors using portable DEWs, or Ionizing (radioactive) Radiation weapons), decrying and squashing legitimate attempts at HR activism and advocacy, misdirecting, misframing, and running deceptive Psy Ops on this already-victimized, Mil/Intel-PsyOp’d group.

Just as with Martin Luther King, Malcolm X, and the Civil Rights Movement―as with many other groups of activists―this Government infiltration seeks to be divisive, authoritarian, controlling, and stifling―and often succeeds. As a result, attempts to organize legitimately are often sabotaged―from within. Not merely are targets exploited as lab-rats from without, by the Department of Defense, the Department of Justice, the FBI, the CIA, the DIA, the NSA, and DARPA, they are exploited from within, by undercover operatives from these very Departments and Agencies―and possibly also from the larger, overarching entities representing the Crown, the Wall Street bankers/Bilderbergers/TriLaterals running this charade, the Vatican and the soulless secret societies and clubs of feckless billionaires, the Tavistocks/Clubs of Rome/Freemasons/Skull and Bones/Bohemian Grove/Satanists, the “Illuminati” and the Operation Paperclip Nazis, the global shadow government manipulating Intel agencies worldwide–selling themselves as “TIs”, spreading abroad elaborate stories of being targeted themselves, while seeking to squash all meaningful public education and activism, in programs of absolutely immoral deception, manipulation, and exploitation. Raping the rape victim should come to mind, as also stoning the rape victim to death. Twice over, these Departments and Agencies―of the United States Government―and their global shadow government overseers condemn themselves.

Solution: Psychiatrists need to be held to higher standards of accountability to society, as do all medical professionals. In-built oversight and privacy mechanisms should exist, to prevent medical professionals and hospitals from secretly colluding with military and Intelligence agencies to allow or facilitate non-consensual and secret operations, implantings, and experimentations on patients.

Physicians and Psychiatrists Should Be Educated: Psychiatrists and physicians both should be educated on basic advances in neuroscience, and need to understand the expansive frontiers of both neuroscience and neuroweaponry today; they should also be apprised of the basics of Electronic Warfare, what non-lethal weapons are, and the fact that the Military is currently running open field tests of these radiation/sonic/scalar weapons on citizens; and they should be made aware of the ongoing history of non-consensual medical experimentation on citizens.

Physicians and Psychiatrists Should Be Required to Scan Patients: When patients report electromagnetic signals on their bodies, or the sensations of implants being activated in their bodies, or say they have a RF microchip in any part of their bodies, or report “voices in their head” which can be induced electronically―by various means, and have, ever since the Neurophone was invented in 1958 by a bright 14-year-old (Patrick Flanagan)– they need to be scanned or checked radiologically and physically, not gagged neuroleptically, and further abused with disbelief, discrediting, and psychosis-inducing drugs―this is exactly like raping the rape victim, or stoning the rape victim to death, as is currently practiced in that bastion of human rights, Saudi Arabia.

Neuroscientists and psychiatrists today need to be in conversation with each other, and military and Intelligence scientists need to step forward and engage in some candid whistleblowing about what the military and Intelligence agencies are really doing―instead of collecting blood-money paychecks for overseeing Covert Ops torture and maintaining an immoral silence. Tribunals should be held to hold doctors, psychiatrists, and hospitals accountable for misdiagnoses and malpractice on an astronomical scale: for colluding in non-consensual experimentation and exploitation of their patients, and for permitting the secret agencies to step in to inflict harm on the patients in their care.

Further, all societies and cultures should have a central ethical reporting body, separate from state departments of health, where anyone suspecting they have become subjects in non-consensual experimentation can go, or write/email to, to present affidavits, documentation, and testimonies, gain technical assistance to get body and brain-scanned, get their homes checked for surveillance devices and torture wiring, or otherwise prove such assaults electronically. Failing the presence of such a central reporting/assisting body, this ship continues to be rudderless and vacuous in direction. Non-consensual experimentees have no-one to report to, and our existing bodies like the President’s Bioethical Commission and SACHRP have stated or indicated they are not accepting and addressing any such reports―proving their absolute Strawman hollowness and inadequacy, and suggesting a covert establishment use as facade and in-name-only purveyance of Ethics. Beyond such hollow Commissions and Committees, in every county, every city, every state, every country, we need a dedicated human rights advocacy center for the examination of all claims of non-consensual covert experimentation and covert harassment for victims.

Media should be held accountable for the printing of lies and distortions, and should not be permitted to work actively with agencies to print propaganda and deceit. That Executive Order permitting propaganda and Psy Ops needs to be repealed. Media’s primary role as true informer to society and analytical observer of events needs to be reinstated. Essentially, Media should be held to the same high standards as for all citizens, and should be made prosecutable for acts of active deception, conducted to palliate the Military or the Government. The CIA’s link to Media needs to be well and truly broken. We need Media watchdogs who work ethically, with integrity, to keep Media on track.

Law Enforcement needs to be persuaded to change its orientation here, to assisting and supporting the public, not covered agencies running deadly programs of secret violence on us. This issue is obviously connected with our laws: we need to strike all citizen-harming laws from the book, and ensure that our police can act with openness and integrity instead of running Psy Ops and deception on the populace. Crime in the 21st-century has to be understood to include radiation assault with DEWs and antennas, and crime victims should be protected―not further abused―by police.

As for undercover infiltration and stifling of victim groups seeking desperately to inform the world of their exploitation and seeking humanity, seeking help, these US Departments and Agencies should know their day of reckoning is going to come much sooner than they imagine, and when it does, the supremely venal nature of their cruelty to Americans and citizens worldwide will be fully revealed, and will only serve to condemn themselves further. Again the answer here is to fully open the Government, require a complete accounting for all Covert Ops and Psy Ops budgets, demand full disclosure of all Covert Ops and undercover activities―and remove all such funding from these Departments and Agencies.

What Does This All Mean for America, and For the World?

Many believe the “New World Order” is a distant behemoth, one yet to be unrolled or manifest in our midst. Those of us actively being oppressed in the ways spelled out here know however that the criminals running this dystopia of control and suppression they seek to couch in euphemisms coyly suggestive of newness and order have already rolled it out, they’ve been rolling it out for years, and each year it gets more and more Orwellian and ruthless.

From the USA, to Canada, to countries in Europe, to South Africa, to India, to Sri Lanka, to Australia, to New Zealand, and many countries in between, we have been “taken over.” Still under cover of “Democracy” we have become societies where governments run secretly by vested corporate and banking interests–as well as covered Intelligence agencies filled with Satanic secret society members and Operation Paperclip Nazis–willingly countenance secret citizen abuse, secret oppression with radiation weapons and neuro-weapons, and secret cover-ups with Psy Ops, keeping one part of the masses numbed and ignorant with Media trickery, the other part terrorized and unlawfully co-opted with talk of terrorists/spies in their midst, which cover helps them run long-term programs of slander, abuse, and grotesque human experimentation (as human sacrifice?) on a select few: the most outstanding, the most outspoken, the most moral, the most incorruptible, the most innocent.

And what that experimentation is and promises to establish, globally, should not be forgotten.

One, the undisclosed use today of directed-energy weapons, remote neuroweapons, and sonic/radar surveillance devices (by the DOJ, by DHS, by the FBI, by local Law Enforcement, by Defense contractors) whose discharge is invisible and which lend themselves therefore to covered use as stealth weapons included in a stealth network of Smart Grids, cell towers, cell antennas, cell phones, satellites, planes, drones, helicopters, SUVs, vans, cars, Man-pads, utility vans, various kinds of parked equipment, landscaping/leaf-blowing/snow-blowing/street-sweeping equipment wielded by Special Ops/DIA operatives operating from “cover” businesses in our midst, ground-penetrating radar, and the vast, noncommital cover of “Electronic Surveillance”, permits not just continued unsuspected mass radiation & continued covert neuro surveillance, undisclosed, but the promise of secretive and remote and never-ending, future-lockdown, Full Control of populations, bodies and brains included, through mere threat of use of these deadly technologies―hinted at to communities currently, through use on specific, unfortunate, scapegoated targets in their midst.

Two, the programs being run by the Classified Ops brigade―the NSA/CIA/DARPA―with the involvement of DOJ, possibly, in Neuro-Crime programs―of MKULTRA-extended Trauma-Based Experimental Neuro-Modification, which include: Satellite Surveillance, Extremely Low Frequency/HAARP use in Electronic Brain Stimulation, Brain-Computer Interface, Electronic Brain Link, EEG Cloning/Heterodyning, Mind Hiving, and Neural Network research, Neural Dust, Nanotechnology, Neurostimulators, Cybernetics and Artificial Intelligence―all of which these covered agencies are struggling to keep secret―suggest that what is being worked on behind the scenes is nothing less than the intention of eventual secretive and remote Full Brain, Nervous System, and Body Control of All humans, worldwide, by the technocrats in power.

Please note: Perusal of extant, historic, public-domain information on Neuroscience and Neuroweapon studies, as well as information from target accounts make very clear that such complete control of brains, nervous systems, and bodies is actually possible.

Is this the world that all those in Mainstream Media, Psychiatry, Neuroscience, the Intelligence agencies, the Security agencies, Law Enforcement, Information Technology, the DOD, the DOJ, who are either in the know, or actively and passively supporting, through their work and through their silence, really want?

Let’s be very clear, for all those in Law Enforcement, for all those employed at the Department of Justice and the Department of Defense, for all those in Intelligence and Security agencies and in every branch of Government who have integrity, uprightness, conscience, morality, ethics, and humanity at their core: this entire Targeting program is a program of Extreme Abuse. By means of this program―and all the pernicious Military and Intelligence weapons-testing and experimentation it allows―every single person who is involved is complicit and a participant in nothing less than the State-sanctioned and secret use of violence, torture, and all too often, murder of innocent civilians and veterans. This is indeed violence, indeed torture. It is also cruelty, malice, and victimization. It is absolutely not just “Surveillance” nor is it keeping the nation secure. It is both select human exploitation and mass repression of the kind that people endured under the Nazis and KGB, under Hitler and Stalin.

It is absolutely time for anyone and everyone of conscience to step forward, en masse, for mass whistleblowing, for conscience-driven hacking. We need―as global humanity–to shut down these satellites, these cell towers, these GWEN towers, the whole Smart Grid of Electronic Warfare that is currently inexorably turned on us, the whole panopticon of Surveillance under which it hides, we need to tear down the mammoth secrecy shielding and protecting these deadly programs of exploitation.

Either we all continue to consent silently to give ourselves and our children over to the endless secrecy and power of classification which endlessly permits the most heinous abuse, or we collectively find the steel and the spine to challenge and revoke that power today. If we let things slide today and do nothing, be assured, it’s our children who are being set up now to be further covertly controlled, electronically brain-stimulated, remotely radiation- and neuro-assaulted, bio-robotized, brain-linked, mind-hived, trans-humanized: for them, as also those thousands worldwide being exploited today as lab rats, and all 7 billion of us being targeted one way or the other, tomorrow is going to be too late.

Criminals in High Places: Delineate the Crime and Expose the Criminals

“Why call it something that it isn’t? The testing ended in the ’80s. This is an illegal subjugation program. The criminal elements running this program are doing it out of their greedy self interest. Whether it’s to intimidate and silence someone, discredit someone, sexual abuse, extortion, enslavement, sadistic torture that would make Nero blush, forced criminal labor, etc…Long term it’s social engineering and population control to preserve the power and interests of the criminal elite at the helm….This war being waged by elements in the deep state to illegally enslave the general populace for their greedy self interest is no experiment, even though I’m sure they’re still developing new devices. …Calling it an experiment…downplays it in the public’s mind and almost gives it a ringing of justification. It’s not, it’s a coup, a junta, treason, and a crime against humanity.

Look at all totalitarian regimes, which is the road America is on, who did they target, from Stalin to Pol Pot? The crème of the crop, the intellectuals, the well regarded military officers, the principled, the Christians, the self-made, and those that posed the greatest threat to the tyrants’ ability to carry out whatever agenda they saw fit or those most capable of steering the loyalty of the people away from the tyrant.”

–Spencer Carter, BiggerthanSnowden.com

“The US House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence should be looking into the relevant crimes as should the US House Oversight and Government Reform Subcommittee on national security and foreign affairs. Any approaches to these bodies through MPs, should note that the Departments of Defence, Energy, Homeland Security, Treasury, State, etc., as well as the CIA, NSA, DIA, NRO, ODNI, Office of Homeland Security and (since ’96 when this escalated) the NGIA (National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency) are all involved or complicit in the crimes in question. The systematic covert oppression, discreditation, experimentation and more in relation to caring, honest citizens branded as dissidents by criminals in high places is one of the greatest hidden crimes of the last 50 years. It is a ‘silent holocaust’.”

–Paul Baird, SurveillanceIssues.com

“The United States has a long history of non consensual experimentation … no one can dispute this ….

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/esp_sociopol_depopu28.htm

Well, it appears that they’re at it again as thousands around the world complain of painful electronic assaults which are affecting their bodies and minds …. Of course, the attempts to discredit these reports are well funded, … I guess that Defense contractors don’t want to give up their huge multi-million dollar contracts …. the pain and horror inflicted upon the victims doesn’t seem to matter … it’s a matter of National Security they’ll say … collateral damage they’ll say …. yeah right, but never any mention of one dime for the victims who are often tortured for years at a time with these war toys … it’s as if they’re not even human beings, just lab rats, nothing more … another chapter from “The Death of Compassion” movement which we seem to be going through as money becomes King …

Millions are being made by weapons manufacturers and the victims of these assaults are bankrupted, ignored, destroyed and discredited … there’s absolutely no excuse for this, but then everyone connected with National Defense is brainwashed into an attitude of the ends justifying the means, and hey, it aint their families being destroyed … but you know, once this technology becomes widespread, it very well could be …

…The following has now been confirmed by direct evidence presented to our courts:

    1. Innocent citizens are being used against their will in painful experimentation.
    2. Innocent citizens are being drugged and implanted with modern technology without their knowledge or consent.
    3. Remote influencing technologies are causing pain and chaos to innocent lives.”

–Rosanne Schneider, HumanRightsWatch3Blog.com,Author, Surveillance, Torture, and Control in the Modern World

“The most heinous of all realizations: I am a HUMAN TEST SUBJECT. Just writing those words still shakes me to the core. I guess I have known for more than a year, but only in the last few months have I seen enough to know with 100 percent certainty. The most shocking thing of all, the Government I served, vowed to give my life for as a member of the US Armed Forces runs the Test Laboratory, and I am their LAB RAT.

I guess what is even more appalling, if there could be such a thing is more appalling than knowledge of your own participation in human experimentation, is that just as in every laboratory experiment, once the researchers extract as much as they can from the Lab Animal, they always end their test subject’s life through euthanasia.

Thousands of Innocent Americans share my plight. Thousands try to call this to the attention of a country of citizens who “Just refuse to believe” our government could do that to us. The most tragic thing about all of this is, if this were a prosecutor looking for likely suspects, there could only be one. American history is littered with thousands of known victims of these unthinkable crimes against humanity, Tuskegee syphilis experiments, MK-Ultra LSD trials, CIA released a whooping cough virus on Tampa Bay, DoD injecting soldiers with micrograms of plutonium for Project Oak Ridge, testing the effects of Agent Orange on the skin of US Soldiers, and on and on. Still we continue to tell our truth to (deaf) ears. I, like the thousands of other victims do not deserve this. We suffer as these butchers work tirelessly to try to convince the world that somehow we do deserve it. I say, ‘How could anyone deserve this?'”

–Kenneth Peartree, Senior Master Sergeant, US Air Force, Retired

“…The Defense Intelligence Agency just released a report, saying the military needs to spend more on neuroscience―up to and including “making the enemy obey our commands”. The problem is the line between who the enemy really is has become blurred and technology is now turned on (us) and operated by those practicing unscrupulous, unethical tactics and strategies due to little public knowledge, and, as I write in ‘You are Not my “Big Brother!”, the covert, subliminal, manipulative capabilities of numerous technologies and numerous delivery systems. In other words, “All hell has broken loose” as the ethics and moral issues surrounding the technology and inevitable abuses and victimizations, outside of any laws of protection, continue to escalate unchecked and unmonitored.”

–Renee Pittman Mitchell, BigBrotherWatchingUs.com,Author, Remote Brain Targeting (2012), You Are Not My “Big Brother!”, Covert Technological Murder, and other books

“This program of persecution is not carried out by the government you learned about in your history books. Currently, supra-governmental think tanks, which are interlocked with Wall Street and the tax-exempt foundations, control America and other NATO nations.

These groups are composed of multinational corporations, royalty, international banks, and people of tremendous wealth. This interlock has been called the Invisible Government. It is a satanic/psychopathic organization.

They control the mass media, which is their primary distribution center for lies and propaganda. Politics, industry, academia, and finance are also under their control. The President is their puppet.

They create policy by circumventing Congress and the voting public, which is filtered down into federal, state, and local governments. It is enacted without public knowledge or approval. Influenced by convincing propaganda, there are people who carry out their policy with the best of intentions. In all likelihood, the Hidden Evil is their creation.”

–Mark Rich, NewWorldWar.org,Author, The Hidden Evil (2008), New World War, and other books

“On Feb. 7, 1950, James Paul Warburg, “testified” to the American Senate: “We shall have World Government,whether or not we like it. The only question is whether world government will be achieved by conquest or consent.”… His uncle, Paul Warburg, was co-founder of the Federal Reserve. The Warburg family is Illuminati (a powerful German Jewish secret society).

Also, Fletcher Prouty makes clear in his 1973 book, The Secret Team: The CIA and Its Allies in Control of the United States and the World, that achieving a “One World” order was a primary, albeit secret, political/military objective of American leaders in the immediate post-WWII period.

In this context, we can view the chemtrail spraying of toxins, EMF radiation, vaccines, GMOs, biological weapons (viruses), ELF transmissions via HAARP, etc., as parts of a blanket (United Nations) depopulation program, whereas gang stalking/DEW is a weapons system designed to target and neutralize (kill) individuals who are perceived as threats to the system.

This is obviously today’s covert equivalent of a typical despotic government’s “first strike” to target and eliminate the intelligencia/teachers/social workers/political activists, as was, for example, the CIA’s Phoenix Program in Vietnam. With these potential leaders removed, totalitarian governments can more easily manipulate the masses. To better understand how the NSA/DHS/CIA/FBI organized stalking program is merely the modern extension of the CIA’s MKULTRA, the FBI’s COINTELPRO, and the CIA’s Phoenix programs, see Marshall Thomas’ “Monarch: The New Phoenix Program.”

The main point here is that these are top secret, U.S.-government-sponsored, Black and Wet Operations. Most Congressmen, Senators, political representatives, and citizens evidently do not even know about them. MKULTRA, COINTELPRO, and the Phoenix Program, of course, were also top secret Black and Wet Ops in the 1950’s – 1970s. No one was supposed to know about these programs either, but they have long since been thoroughly exposed.

Today’s organized stalking operations are so heinous and unAmerican that education and exposure is probably our best defense against them. When a critical mass of American and world citizens learn about these programs, I believe they will stop and heads will roll. It is up to us, as TIs, then, to make sure that these programs are exposed soon and the right heads roll. It is now our job to name the guilty, the top planners and sponsors of these programs, as best as we can. This won’t be that hard. We already know the names of many of the CIA “spychiatrists” involved in Project MKULTRA and we also know the names of the individuals who developed the patents for the critical psychotronic weapons.

I feel our imperative, then, is to expose the guilty. And re-expose and re-expose and re-expose. First, we must delineate the crime and then we must expose the criminals.”

–Dr. Eric T. Karlstrom, Emeritus Professor of Geography, California State University; 911NWO.org, GangstalkingMindControlCults.com

***

Sources and Further Information

Laws, Executive Orders, Military Directives, Handbooks

Executive Order 12333

Executive Order on “Behavioral Insights”

Department of Defense Regulation 5240.1R

National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) 2016

Chapter 18 of Title 10 of the US Code

United States Homeland Security Laws and Regulations Handbook

Army Special Operations Forces Unconventional Warfare Handbook

Electronic Warfare/Non-Lethal Weapons/Directed-Energy Bio-Behavioral Research

Developing Non-Lethal Weapons: The Human Effects Characterization Process

USAF Radio Frequency Radiation Dosimetry Handbook, Fourth Edition

USAF Radio Frequency Radiation Dosimetry Handbook, Fifth Edition

Bioeffects of Selected Non-Lethal Weapons/Document Provided to Donald Friedman on FOIA Request, 2006

Cheryl Welsh, MindJustice: Sample of Rare and Outstanding Articles from 1976 to 1996

Buyable Portable DEWs/Available Online:

Shomer-Tec Sonic Assault

Shomer-Tec Sonic Nausea

Physical & Biometric Surveillance and Monitoring Technologies

Sep 30, 2014, Becky Lewis, Tech Beat Magazine: Through-the-wall sensors advance tactical awareness

April 2014, Through the Wall Sensors (TTWS) for Law Enforcement: Use Case Scenarios, Version 1.3

October 2012, Through the Wall Sensors (TTWS) for Law Enforcement Market Survey/Annotated List

March 2014, Through the Wall Sensors (TTWS) for Law Enforcement: Test and Evaluation, Version 1.2/Technical details

Handheld RFID Scanner: RFID Asset Management/Law Enforcement

William Pawelec: Billions of Microchips Made by Siemens in 1984, Trackable from Space

Ex-IBM Employee Reveals TV Abandoned Analog Band to Make Room for RFID Chips

Mark Rich/Excerpt from New World War; Surveillance Technologies and Methods

Dr. Rauni-Leena Luukanen-Kilde, MD, Former Chief Medical Officer of Finland: Microchip Implants, Mind Control, and Cybernetics

In 2015, Covert Non-Consensual RFID/MEMS (Microchip) Implants Are a Reality Everyone Should Know About

2005, AzoNano: Tagging, Monitoring, and Tracking Using Nanotechnology Methods and Devices

6/25/13, Privacy SOS: The Future Beckons But We Aren’t Ready For It

5 Sep 2007, Slideshow Briefing, Unclassified: US Special Operations Command: Continuous Clandestine Tagging, Tracking, and Locating (CTTL)

April 17, 2012, PBS Brains on Trial, Alan Alda Interviews Owen Jones/When Neuroscience Meets Criminal Law (video). Extended Brains On Trial videos here.

2013, James Giordano, Predictive Neuroscience: Facts, Fictions, and Fears of Scanning Brains and Reading Minds (video)

2008, Kingsley Dennis, Opening Pandora’s box: How technologies of communication and cognition may be shifting towards a ‘Psycho–Civilized Society’

Nov 18, 2010, Joe Hasler, Popular Mechanics: The Truth About TSA Airport Scanning

Nov 9, 2015, Peter Moskowitz, GQ: The Future of Policing is Here, and It’s Terrifying

Paul Baird, Surveillance Issues: Advanced Surveillance and Harassment Technologies

2013, ICAACT, Robert Naeslund: What is Mind Control?

Surveillance and Monitoring Processes

Sep 2015, GAO, Confidential Informants/Updates to Policy and Additional Guidance Would Improve Oversight to DOJ and DHS Agencies

Sep/Oct 2011, Trevor Aaronson, Mother Jones: The Informants

Sep 5, 2008, Van De Kamp vs Goldstein, ACLU Amicus Brief (Unregulated reliance on informants)

The Sunday Morning Herald, July 15, 2002, “US Planning to Recruit 1/24 Americans as Spies”

August 2004, Jay Stanley, ACLU: The Surveillance Industrial Complex: How the American Government Is Conscripting Businesses and Individuals in the Construction of a Surveillance Society

Aug 22, 2012, Stephen Lendman, Mint Press News: Lawless National Security Letters

Wrongful Surveillance and Secret Physical Searches On Thousands of Innocent Americans Permitted by “Rubber-Stamped” FISA Court Warrants andApprovals

May 2015, President’s Task Force on 21st-Century Policing, Final Report

21st-Century Policing Implementation Guide

Community-Oriented Policing Services (COPS), Department of Justice/Website

October 2016, Strategic Plan For Empowering Local Partners to Prevent Violent Extremism in the United States

National Neighborhood Watch/National Sheriffs’ Association Website

Fusion Centers and RISS Centers/DHS Website

Dec 2007, Michael German and Jay Stanley, ACLU: What’s Wrong with Fusion Centers?

FOIA Request Reports and Documents

FOIA Request Report: CIA Unable to Confirm Informed Consent in Any Open Human Subject Programs and Research Using Directed-Energy Neuroweapons in the USA

FOIA Request Report: Massachusetts State Police Suggests Public Safety is Upheld By Withholding Inventory of Non-Lethal Weapons Currently in Use

Documents Obtained on FOIA Request/USAF General Dynamics Contract BAA-HPW-RHDR-2013-0002

FCC Spreadsheet of UWB Devices Inclusive of TTWS Devices

Whistleblower Testimony

John St. Clair Akwei vs NSA lawsuit

June 2014, Diane Roark: Another NSA Whistleblower Steps Forward (video)

Nov 18, 2016, Jeff Rense and Karen Stewart: NSA Whistleblower, Karen Stewart, Gang-Stalking victim (video)

Nov 22, 2016, Dr. Eric Karlstrom: The NSA Gang Stalks Its Own: Jeff Rense Interview with NSA Whistleblower and TI, Karen Stewart – Part I/Transcript

Nov 25, 2016, Dr. Eric Karlstrom: NSA/Homeland Security “Paid Vigilante Militia Thugs” (Excerpts from Rense-Stewart Interview (11/18/16))- Transcript

NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart says Intel Community Now Full of People More Dangerous to Freedom than ISIS

Sep 27, 2016, Karen Stewart’s interview with Rob McConnell, Xzone (video)

Former US Navy Officer Walks Across America to Expose Covert Targeting and Neuro-Experimentation Program

The Baton Rouge Gunman and “Targeted Individuals”: US Naval Academy Graduate Educates Americans on Non-Consensual Neuro-Experimentation

NSA Whistleblower Powerhouses William Binney and Kirk Wiebe Stand Up to Support “Targeted Individuals” Worldwide

Nov 29, 2016, Jeff Rense and Preston James: Psychotronic Mind Control Technologies (video)

Geral Sosbee: Targeted for Terror: Ex-FBI Agent’s Gruesome Ordeal

March 2007, Geral Sosbee, Affidavit

Carl Herman/Washington’s Blog: National Security Whistleblower Mark Novitsky Interview: NSA spies on absolutely everything, will never stop, and will only expand

March 2014, Project Camelot Interviews Mark Novitsky(video)

26 April, 2011, Ted Gunderson, Affidavit

NSA Mind Control and Psyops” by Will Filer

 Evidence of Covert Implantation

David A. Larson: Criminal and Scientific Misconduct Involving Neural Prosthesis Research Funded by the NIH/NINDS/NPP and The Alfred E. Mann Foundation

John Nicholson, BAE Implant World: Illegal Human Experimentation

Roxy Lopez/The Truth Denied: How to Remove an RFID Implant (Interview with James Wahlbert)

Richard L. Cain: Lawsuit Vs Barack Obama, DOD, CIA, others

Robert Naeslund: A Brain Implant Victim Speaks Out

The Targeting Program

Marshall Thomas: Monarch, The New Phoenix Program–Army Intelligence, INSCOM, MKULTRA, COINTELPRO

2016 BRAIN Initiatives: Neuro Crime, Neuro Warfare, DARPA/CIA Brain Experimentation, Neuro Ethics, and Non-Consensual Experimentees

2015: “Targeted Individuals” are Non-Consensual Subjects in Criminal, Clandestine, Classified “Top Secret” MKULTRA-Extended Mind & Behavior Control/Torture Experimentation by Joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic Institutions, as well as Targets of COINTELPRO and Electronic Warfare

The “Neutralizing” of US Dissent With Neuroweaponry: Open Letter to Journalists and Human Rights Advocates and Organizations in the USA and Worldwide

Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement & the Military to Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy “Non-Lethal” Weapons?

How Secret Policing With Deadly “Non-Lethal” EMF/Scalar/Sonic Neuroweaponry Has Been Installed Domestically Inside the US, & Globally

“Exemptions to Informed Consent” in Classified Research and Non-Consensual Covert/Clandestine Human Subject Experimentation in the USA Today Versus “Consent of the Governed”

Exploring The FBI’s “Consensual Monitoring” and the CIA’s “Concealed Monitoring”: One-Party Consent to Electronic Recordings and Non-Consensual Two-Way Radio Implant Communications?

Renee Pittman Mitchell/How the Covert Psycho-Physical Program is Structured Today

Books and Website Compilations, Patents, Technologies

Links to Informational Websites:

Paul Baird/Surveillance Issues/Links

Renee Pittman Books

Lists of Patents & Covert Technologies:

Resources, Targeted-Individuals.Net

A List of Patented Mind Control Weapons the Government is Using on You/StopOrgangstalking

The Complex, How the Military Invades our Everyday Lives, by Nick Turse (Metropolitan Books, 2008)

New World War by Mark Rich

The Hidden Evil by Mark Rich

Bright Light on Black Shadows by Dr. Rauni Luukanen-Kilde, MD

Remote Brain Targeting by Renee Pittman Mitchell

Invisible Crime by Michael Bell

Gangstalking: The Threat to Humanityby Dr. Cork Cherubini

Earth Rising: The Revolution, Toward a Thousand Years of Peace, by Dr. Nick Begich

Earth Rising: Betrayal of Science, Society, and the Soul, by Dr. Nick Begich

Controlling the Human Mind: The Technologies of Political Control or Tools for Peak Performance, by Dr. Nick Begich

The Matrix Deciphered by Dr. Robert Duncan

Project Soul-Catcher: Secrets of Cyber and Cybernetic Warfare Revealed by Dr. Robert Duncan

Guinea Pigs: Technologies of Control, by Dr. John Hall

The Body Electric, by Robert O. Becker

***

This article may be re-posted in whole or part with attribution and linkback–please share widely.

NSA Whistleblower Powerhouses William Binney and Kirk Wiebe Stand Up to Support “Targeted Individuals” Worldwide

by Ramola D/The Everyday Concerned Citizen/Posted 10/16/2016

(With information from Ella Felder, Cait Ryan, Paul Baird, and other human rights activists)

In a breakthrough historic and supportive move on a Talkshoe call-in show last week—and a first in terms of notable public figures publicly acknowledging covert targeting with electromagnetic and neuro-weapons as real–NSA whistleblower powerhouses William Binney and Kirk Wiebe stepped forward to announce their support, concern for, and distinct plans to assist the entire community of “Targeted Individuals” in the United States and worldwide.

billandkirk1

William Binney, Retired Technical Director, NSA
Kirk Wiebe, Retired Senior Analyst, NSA

Informed observers will know that “TIs” –often outspoken people of integrity in their communities who become the targets of wrongful surveillance–have long sought redress through civil liberties and human rights groups for their experience of long-term, continuous, and profoundly inhumane remote assault with radiation and sonic weapons, directed-energy weapons (also labeled “non-lethal” weapons), and classified technologies, as well as community slander, stalking, and psychiatric discrediting in what many have suspected are clandestine and illegal programs of biometric surveillance, COINTELPRO, and non-consensual weapons-testing and neuro-experimentation.

(While data continues to trickle in, it is currently estimated by various activists that there are up to 10,000 Targeted Individuals in the US and guesstimates of up to 30 million worldwide.)

The call was hosted and arranged by activist and Talkshoe host, Ella Felder, a media-savvy activist from Oregon with training in broadcasting from Juillard, a career background in fashion-modeling and advertising from New York and California, and a warm and generous persona well-suited to putting her guests and callers at ease on the supportive call-in show she hosts twice weekly for those being wrongfully assaulted by classified technologies and radar/microwave surveillance devices.

This particular late night show garnered a lot of interest among TIs nationwide with 211 callers, 87 live participants, and 160 downloads (and hundreds more since the first week) of the nearly four-hour long show, which is still online at Talkshoe and can be accessed here. Ella Felder, a long-time foster-mother and currently adoptive mom to three siblings offered an intellectual probing of NSA surveillance and security issues yet projected a warm and nurturing tone to the conversation which felt like it was taking place under mellow lamplight in a family living-room, with both illustrious guests seemingly as candid and eager to talk as the many callers who offered their appreciation and support.

In consequence, both Mr. Wiebe and Mr. Binney offered quite candid retrospectives of their experience at the NSA post 9-11, of uncovering illegal programs of surveillance violative of the US Constitution, more vivid in many ways than previous national reportage on these subjects (more below).

Proving the Reality of Remote Radiation Targeting, Tracking, and Assault

chc_2014_facebookWhen asked how they had heard about the darker programs of targeting, Bill Binney said he had been introduced to the phenomenon of “Targeted Individuals” when he was invited to give a talk in Brussels at the Covert Harassment Conference in 2014, by well-known Swedish mind control activist Magnus Olsson, and heard the testimonies and talks there by several speakers. Kirk Wiebe said he was first informed about this kind of abusive targeting by Phil Marie in Connecticut, host of the Wheel of Freedom radio show, which has featured several NSA whistleblowers including Kirk Wiebe, Karen Stewart, and Thomas Drake.

wfkirk

Wheel of Freedom

Mr. Binney, who assured his audience his and Mr. Wiebe’s over-40 years of experience with data analysis, crypto-mathematics, and scientific process is being brought to bear on this task, is seeking to prove to an all-too-under-informed world the absolute reality of assault with remote radiation neuroweaponry in our midst and described his plan to do so.

Kirk and I have agreed to look at data that is being compiled by other TIs–and they’re looking at the community around the world and trying to gather information. Here’s what we’re attempting to do.

We need to have some kind of irrefutable process to prove what kinds of things are happening …and what the consequences are and how it’s affecting people. So we want to collect all the symptoms people have–not emotional or feeling, but just the basic facts–what is happening and exactly what it is, not burying it in any kind of emotion, but assembling the basic facts—on specifically how they are affected.”

The next step, he says, comes from “assembling information from publications and so on from the government—on non-lethal weapons that are being developed, and the kinds of consequences that can accrue from these kinds of weapons–and then we’ll be matching one with the other… putting together ways and means of looking at the spectrum within which these devices operate, and seeing how it will be possible to detect and verify that these things are occurring.

And then finally, we’ll try to put together recommendations on how people should proceed, to try and prove what is happening with them specifically with compiled evidence–in such a way that you can bring the evidence into a court of law, without emotion, a straightforward means of documenting events and happenings and evidence. We’re trying to use the discipline that we use for our data analysis, the kind of process that Kirk and I have experience in for over 40 years–trying to put it in this kind of scientific process that would be demonstrable in a court of law.”

Concealed High-Tech Side of NSA Surveillance: Remote Brain Targeting

Offering supportive responses to the many callers who thanked them for their courage in standing up for TIs, as for instance, a man from Florida, who informed them his teenage sons were also targeted, and said, “It takes courage to stand up to a government out of control,” Kirk Wiebe responded to a question by long-time activist Todd Giffen on what they knew of NSA’s more high-tech satellite tracking capabilities. Todd remarked he had done much investigative research, and had documentation to prove his case yet lacked funding and lawyers, to which Wiebe responded:

We understand the predicament you are in, we have been in similar situations–just because we haven’t seen it at NSA or CIA doesn’t mean a doggone thing…NSA and CIA work in compartmented areas, or on a Need to Know basis. We do know government has a history of experimentation against people, and the DOD has authorization to conduct experiments on people, some with consent, some without consent–they have the power and the money to deliver all kinds of electronic methods against people. We need to do some correlation as a group. Thank God we have people like you.”

us_military_satellite_network2Todd Giffen, who created and runs the informative websites, obamasweapon.com, and drrobertduncan.com, had pointed out that although much information now exists, thanks to Snowden and other whistleblowers about “the low tech side, the fiber-optic bulk acquisition through telecommunications,” we don’t hear at all about the high-tech side, and space capabilities, which he said Russell Tice has spoken about. He mentioned satellite technologies, remote electron spin resonance scans, 3-d holograph scans from military satellites, as well as remote brain scans—described in Malech’s patent of 1974—and through-wall surveillance technology. From his experience of time spent at Oregon State Hospital, he mentioned also that he had seen “security audio and video of staff spying on people, doing a full brain scan.” Bill Binney responded that he could only say he knew of “some of the capabilities they have, but nothing of the nature of what you’re talking about–I’d like to see documentation.”

malech1Todd Giffen suggested they might look up “military radar MRI,” technology which has been around for 40 years, which, he says, is being used now for counter-Intelligence, to torture people who have witnessed Government crimes. In comment, Todd adds, “In fact, military radar does MRI, and all MRI machines are adapted from military radar/satellite tech.”

Targeted Individuals” Call in With Information on Covert Brain Targeting and Directed-Energy Weapons Assault

Other notable callers to the show included David Voigts, former US Navy officer who has been walking across America to raise awareness about Targeted Individuals and the covert human-machine-interface program experimentation he says they are being subjected to, Dave Case, an electronics engineer who said he was targeted following an invention on photonic processes he tried to patent, and who offered a countermeasure to beat the tinnitus and induced brain damage from continuous Remote Neural Monitoring, James Lico, another long-term activist who spoke about radar tracking from satellites and directed-energy weapon use from neighbors, and Rosanne Marie Schneider who has compiled much useful information in a book titled Surveillance, Torture and Control in the Modern World, and offered advice on toxicology analysis and SCADA analysis, methodologies she noted of determining the content of radio-frequency nanotrancievers in human bodies, related to targeting with remote surveillance radar.

51oozfom-zlaAdditionally, various callers called in to report the traumatic and deleterious effects of the abusive targeting they are currently experiencing, with a few in tears as they reported round-the-clock assaults with directed-energy weapons that cause all kinds of damage to health including radiation burns, tinnitus, hypertension, organ damage, electric shocks, painful remote neural monitoring, and EMF attacks on their children. Callers expressed outrage and distress over the use of covert weaponry in a program of 24/7 surveillance which is apparently being hidden glibly by our Surveillance State as rightful “surveillance,” under false cover of a blitz of National Security Letters to communities, local vigilanteism, and wrongful secret charges of Patriot Act/Freedom Act-extended “terrorism” and “espionage”.

Non-Consensual Neuro-Experimentation

dvohio1

David Voigts

Ex-Navy Officer and whistleblower David Voigts, introducing himself, mentioned his Naval training as a systems engineer specializing in Nuclear warfare and Electronic warfare, where he had learned that a covert program of non-consensual neuro-experimentation with brain-computer interfaces was underway and ruining the lives of thousands of people across America and worldwide. As a whistleblower, he intimated, he too had had to weigh his own options of disclosure; the path he chose was to find a way to have himself be targeted or entered into the program, so he could work from the inside to speak out and reveal its existence.

Dave Case, an electronic engineer who said he tries to come on as many calls as he can and offers his invention freely as a countermeasure to help targets defeat the remote brain link and sleep better, explained both his targeting and his invention: “I tried to make a photonic processor and a photonic memory system–I was attacked by an agency with very high technology–ringing tinnitus in my ear absolutely destroyed my life. My countermeasure helped 29 people reduce or eliminate tinnitus.” He said he learned “that a patent on my photonic processor already exists and it’s called National Security, that’s why I was targeted, I have documentation of a NSA lawsuit.”

brain2Describing the system of remote brain targeting, he said:

“NSA Signals Intelligence uses remote brain stimulation for Remote Neural Monitoring and Electronic Brain Link–what my invention does is jam the spectrum they are using, it’s called a bio-relevant feedback loop. If you target a individual, you have to get their heart rate, their body temperature, brain waves, many sets of data, and I believe they’re using the GPS signal as a main carrier and these photonic processors in a magic tree formation and they’re using this to target a large number of individuals…they are using the skin as a transducer, in other words, the skin is transforming a higher frequency to an audible frequency.”

Questioned by Kirk Wiebe about the audible frequency, he said “it is a range of about 5 khz to 35 khz,” and that his countermeasure created a signal played via CD and headphones that “contaminates the bio-relevant feed-back loop and breaks down the loop and then the brain is free from brain-link and your brain is allowed to heal—because they’re actually damaging the brain, they are interfering with the brain chemistry.” Both Binney and Wiebe expressed interest in hearing more and in working more closely with Mr. Case.

dsm5Other callers included one from Tomo Shibata, an activist in the Bay Area working on setting up class-action lawsuits, one aimed at the American Psychiatric Association for permitting and creating the duplicitous superstructure for psychiatrists to issue wrongful diagnoses of paranoid schizophrenia for all those reporting remote electronic assaults with EMFs. She reported that initial conversations with the Electronic Frontier Foundation, a civil liberties group, had been encouraging, with EFF suggesting they might get involved as co-counsel.

Another caller mentioned the need for scientific and technical expert assistance with measuring, documenting, and proving the reality of assaults with electromagnetic weapons. In both cases, Mr. Wiebe was encouraging and helpful, offering advice and contact information for people he knew who might be able to help, and stating that their survey project was intended to lead to eventual identification of the right scientific and medical team, who could assist further.

Notably, one caller asked if Snowden may have downloaded a document covering this EMF targeting, and Kirk Wiebe mentioned the names of journalists Glenn Greenwald and Barton Gellman among those in charge of Snowden’s 1.5 million-document cache as the right people to ask about this. Bill Binney mentioned the difficulties in parsing through such vast amounts of data, including the need for unique descriptors and keywords. The book, The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic (The American Empire Project) by Chalmers Johnson, a historic treatment of the rise of the US military/Intelligence state was recommended by another caller.

Scrapping the Constitution in Secret and Creating a Secret Government Within the Government”

The framework for this call of course was Ella Felder’s interview with both high-profile whistleblowers, whom she had first contacted in relation to possible shows with Sean Stone, actor, TV producer, and documentary film-maker (and son of Oliver Stone), featured in Jesse Ventura’s show, Conspiracy Theory/Brain Invaders, with whom she had struck a connection after reaching out to him on social media.

Re-living their own experience at the NSA just around the time of 9/11 offers startling insights into the atmosphere and secrecy of covert government programs originating at that time.

In describing his own latter work supporting Bill Binney’s efforts to extract “nuggets of Intelligence gold” from the vast cache of data available on the Internet, Kirk Wiebe, retired Senior Analyst at the NSA said he was “appalled that NSA completely ignored what Bill had done in that effort and left the ballgame to private industry, no doubt to curry favor financially after that—it’s part of a normal tradition for senior government workers: they leave government life and take lucrative jobs with private contractors essentially, so money took a fair amount of importance at the cost of American lives–money took precedence over normal lives.”

Turning the System Loose Against Americans

An important question posed by Ms. Felder was: When did these whistleblowers first realize the lack of integrity in the NSA and notice violations of the Constitution?

Kirk Wiebe narrated how a sudden storing of servers in the hallway and being kept out of “sensitive discussions” at a meeting helped raise suspicions that something at the NSA wasn’t quite right. Confirmation came, he said, when the contractor Bill Binney was working with “was asked by NSA authorities to begin using some of the tools Bill had put together for analysis, to look at the private data of American phone calls, in other words, US citizens, even though they hadn’t done anything wrong. And that contractor asked Bill: Bill, do you realize what they are doing…they are turning the system loose against Americans.”

And of course when you hear something like that, that’s the worst thing possible. And it had been drilled into our heads that one does not spy, and turn the machinery of spies against the American people. We had gone through that kind of illegal behavior in 1975. Severe penalties were put against the NSA, two Congressional Intelligence committees were set up to make sure it never happened again—and here we are in the 2000s now, years later, and the Intelligence committees are actually in bed with NSA, they act in concert to protect what NSA is doing, rather than doing the oversight for the American people that they were empowered to do in 1975. What an utter catastrophe for privacy and freedom in the United States.

Bill Binney picked up the narrative:

Of course I discussed it with Kirk–we couldn’t stay there and be accessories to all these crimes they were committing. They were scrapping the Constitution in secret and creating basically a secret government within the government–and they got it by bringing in initially only 4 people from Congress: Chair and Ranking Member of the House and Senate Intelligence Committees; on the House that was Porter Goss, Chair, and Nancy Pelosi was the Ranking Member. And (Bob) Graham and (Richard) Shelby were Members on the Senate side. They brought those 4 people in on the 4th of Oct, 2001, and gave them a briefing on it, they were not allowed to bring any staff or talk to anyone about it and they all agreed to these programs at that time–and at the same time they got briefed on all the torture programs and such out of the CIA. Once they agreed, you see, they were now co-opted in, they had to defend the programs in their respective Houses of Congress.

At that point we decided we couldn’t stick around for all this and we had to get out there as fast as we could. It took us two and a half weeks to get out of the place.”

Bill Binney also notes that since he knew all the leadership at the NSA, since he was, himself, in a top management position, working for the Deputy Director, NSA, he “didn’t think it was necessary to talk to them because they were all committed to this–obviously their orders came from the White House. I mean, Richard Nixon got impeached for a fraction of what was happening today. It was obvious to me it was pointless to talk to them, we had to go directly to the Congressional Committees–it was their job, their charter, the Committees were created to protect against this, but you see, we didn’t know that the leadership of those Committees were both committed to this–so that was a pointless effort.”

And Diane Rourke was the one we went to initially, she attempted to try to get it across to them, she wrote internal memos about it too at that time, this was late 2001, early 2002–but that didn’t work–after that we attempted to go to the third branch, the Supreme Court, get a meeting with Chief Justice Rehnquist at the time.” He details, interestingly, how this effort was conducted through social connections. “We were going outside channels, because we knew that channels would stifle it—but that didn’t work at all either–eventually we complained to the DOJ and DOD Inspector Generals, and also some members of Congress—but after that, that’s when the FBI and the DOJ attempted to falsify evidence to indict us–the only reason they didn’t was we caught them at it, and we had evidence of malicious prosecution, and they dropped us like a hot potato at that point.”

Sabotage, Framing, Fabrication, Blacklisting

Discussing his program Thin Thread at NSA, Bill Binney emphasized that filters it used to detect threats focused primarily on known targets, identified through zone-of-suspicion graphing via specific social media activity, and excluded Americans communicating with Americans unless a known target was involved, but these filters, among others, were dropped, as the more sweeping and less-focused Trailblazer was adopted instead.

Kirk Wiebe recounted how “after we left the building, we decided to get together with Ed Loomis (Senior Computer Systems Analyst) who also managed that research with Bill at the NSA” and use typical court-procedures based on probable-cause information to apply to their own data analysis of high volume digital communications, for clients such as the CIA and DHS, in ways that did not violate the Constitution or the Fourth Amendment.

This was repeatedly sabotaged:

Every time we succeeded we were shut down…even though we were demonstrating success with several clients, including DHS and Boeing Corporation. Contracts were terminated….When I spoke to a senior executive at Boeing and showed him a basic graph (how) we would protect the IDs of innocents, he said ‘Nobody cares about that!’–and this guy had high contacts in government. And Bill and I were appalled to hear that response–‘Nobody cares about that.’ That was a rude awakening for me, finding out that your government didn’t really care about the Constitution and the rights of the people.”

Bill Binney also notes, about the heavily-redacted DOD Inspector General’s report (following whose release the FBI raided the homes [on the 26th of July, 2007], of complaint-signers Binney, Wiebe, Loomis, and Roark simultaneously) investigating their complaints of fraud, waste, and corruption at the NSA: “The IG report is redacted because it catches them in all their lies—the corruption, the fraud, and the waste.”

Then-insider NSA official Thomas Drake, instrumental in the research and creation of the IG Report, was also raided, six months later. In both cases, Binney notes, fabrications and wrongful attempts to tie them to wrongdoing were evident: “It’s framing people. That’s basically what they tried to do to us, to fabricate evidence to convict us, to put us away for thirty-five years just like they tried to do with Tom.”

Binney notes that after three times of being charged in this way after the FBI raid, Binney and Wiebe unloaded all their evidence (on a known-to-be-tapped phone-call to Thomas Drake) so as to inform the tapping-in FBI they would sue them for fabrication of evidence and malicious prosecution if they tried to indict them, not long after which, unsolicited, they were quietly provided letters of immunity by the Department of Justice and the charges dropped.

The point to be made here, Mr. Wiebe stressed, was that the NSA sought desperately to make examples of Thomas Drake as well as these whistleblowers, suspending clearances, stooping to fabricate evidence in attempts to “put the fear of God” into any future whistleblower, and punish them.

Bill Binney stated that taxpayers were being bilked out of hundreds of billions of dollars by the NSA, where a steady pipeline runs from the non-solving of the problem to keeping contractors contracting and profiting. “What they’re doing is cover up the biggest swindle the world has ever seen.” The vision statement for the NSA that Binney provided to Thomas Drake’s campaign ran: “Keep the problem going, so the money keeps flowing.”

Consequences outside these charges also persisted; Binney mentioned being warrantlessly wiretapped and blacklisted, so neither could obtain further employment in their field and continue to use their security analysis expertise in service to the nation. “The FBI would come behind us and say we’re investigating these people,” so job opportunities and contracts fell through. Thomas Drake, as well, was subject to these attempts at complete career destruction.

Were these the country’s most high-profile Targeted Individuals themselves then? Blacklisting and employment sabotage along with character ruination in the community, TIs know, are hallmarks of the inexplicable assault on their character and integrity. Both whistleblowers aver commitment to exposing government wrongdoing. “Now the target is to get the word out on how the government is shredding the Constitution…we’re not even able to get redressal in the courts.” Kirk Wiebe mentioned the case Jewel vs the NSA in the 9th Circuit Court, as the only case that is still ongoing, that might offer some hope.

The recently-released films, A Good American and Oliver Stone’s Snowden, Bill Binney recommended, are means for letting Americans see more clearly “what kind of evil government we really have”.

Intelligence Agency Exemptions from Whistleblower Protections & Government Audits: “A Set-Up For Corruption”

Very relevant to the issue of covert targeting and covert electronic surveillance today are the issues of blanket exemptions for Intelligence agencies, who don’t have to protect whistleblowers, and are permitted to keep all their expenditures hidden, even from Congress, by dodging audits.

Kirk Wiebe notes, “There are laws to protect whistleblowers everywhere in government except the Intelligence Community—so we’re exempted, and I wonder why.”

Bill Binney points out also that “NSA and Intelligence agencies are exempt from auditing by the US government…Which means, as Head of NSA, you get 10-15 billion dollars a year to spend, and no-one checks to see where you spent it…it’s a set-up for corruption and that’s exactly what’s going on.”

Kirk Wiebe marked the inexplicable refusal by Congressional Committees to address NSA corruption, surveillance over-reach, and denial of rights:

While we’re helping educate the average person about these issues, we’re making no headway in the political arena. We’ve been invited to the Hill to talk to Congresspeople but nothing changes, and we’re never even invited–we have testified before the Council of Europe, in the British Parliament, the Austrian Parliament, and other EU Parliamentarians–but not once have we sat down with a Committee of Congressmen to discuss what we could bring to the government in the way of fixing what is now a Constitutional crisis of mass surveillance and denial of rights–never once.”

A rejoinder from Bill Binney caps the irony here of Intelligence Committees failing to gather intelligence:

“I also testified to the German Bundestaag, and the Intelligence Committees of the US government sent representatives over to listen–I looked at them and said, you know I’m only just 20 miles up the road, why don’t you give me a call, I’ll come down. Instead, they sent them all the way to Germany, Berlin to listen to my testimony–that tells you the kind of corruption and insecurity involved in our own government.”

Deeper and Darker NSA Today: “A Raft of Failures”

To Ella’s closing question about their thoughts on the current NSA, whether they think it’s gotten better, or just deeper and darker, both former NSA officials indicated the latter.

nsa-1aBill Binney said “They like to stay deeper and darker…They left vulnerabilities in place in source code for years and permitted exposure of data, leaving everyone in the world vulnerable to attack–and that’s how the OPMs got hacked, millions of citizens applying for clearances…and now they’re using this information that we are being attacked to drum up much more money for Cybersecurity.”

Direct in his assessment, he spelled out: “It’s a process of trying to swindle money out of the population–so it’s been a swindle all along with these Intelligence Communities and Committees. This is what Eisenhower warned about–the Military-Industrial complex—now, it’s the Military-Industrial-Intelligence complex.”

Kirk Wiebe pointed to the inefficiencies of massive bulk collection of data, and NSA’s inability to stop terrorism:

The other thing I would add, Ella, is it’s shocking to hear of attacks in Paris, Brussels, the shootings, it’s been a raft of failures—NSA failed to stop any of them, that is shocking–the only reason NSA exists is to stop threats and they’re failing miserably, and every year they ask for more money, and more access to data, and they continue to argue that they are failing because they don’t have enough, but no, they are failing because they are dying on too much data–they can’t pick out the needles from a monstrous haystack–this lunacy of getting more and more about innocent people is ridiculous; we need to focus on getting data only from those with most suspicion of committing terror on people.”

Care and Concern For Those Being Targeted, Tortured with Remote Radiation Weapons

Outstanding on this call, which commends itself for so many reasons, and should be listened to by any and every citizen worldwide with an interest in the truth, human rights, and humanity, was the true concern and kindness evinced by both Kirk Wiebe and Billl Binney, who frequently said, “I wish we could do more to help all these people,” “Someone had to do something,” and “We are going to get this addressed.” Interviewer Ella Felder’s care and concern, as well, to support and connect all callers shone through.

Considering that the issue of Targeted Individuals and remote attacks with radiation/psychotronic/Mind Control weapons—much maligned, lied-about online at places like Wikipedia, Rational Wiki, (and, surprisingly, even the moderated Comments section at The Intercept), clearly propagandaized by mainstream media, including stalwarts like the New York Times—has been suppressed, repressed, and kept covert for decades now (all in the service of “National Security”?) this public endorsement by these two whistleblowers of integrity and conscience seems to represent a huge step forward both for “TI”s and all of humanity.

Ella Felder spoke truly for all being covertly assaulted worldwide, no doubt, when she mentioned the relief of TIs at finally being recognized: “We are beyond grateful.”

Robert Duncan, author of Project Soulcatcher, and cybernetics expert who has spoken out about covert military and Intelligence “mind-hacking projects” marks the moment rather portentously for the world on Facebook: “You have the right team. You have embarked on an important and remarkable journey. The world will never be the same. Innocence will be lost.”

Information for Those Being Targeted

The team working with both whistleblowers to collect information and documentation is being led by Cait Ryan, Director of US CACH, United States Coalition Against Covert Harassment.

Those targeted, both here in the USA and worldwide, are advised to patiently wait for the Survey which will be sent out soon, via listservs, Facebook, websites, and other means, and which will offer a precise framework to send in the details of their targeting.

Those wishing and able to send in information on Government publications, patents on technologies, relevant papers, and research are advised to send these in immediately, on an ongoing basis, to the US CACH team, email id (please use either or both): caitrye@gmail.com or cait.uscach@gmail.com. Participation of all being targeted worldwide is requested.

Updating information will be posted at US CACH and also at this site, The Everyday Concerned Citizen.

Stay tuned, as this massive establishment cover-up of covert targeting with stealth weapons worldwide continues to unfold. One more blow for the global totalitarian Surveillance State? Let’s hope so.

Related:

Government Accountability Project/Bio: William Binney and Kirk Wiebe

Democracy Now/Inside the NSA’s Domestic Surveillance Apparatus: Whistleblower William Binney Speaks Out

Democracy Now/NSA Whistleblower Kirk Wiebe Details Gov’t Retaliation After Helping Expose “Gross Mismanagement”

Tim Shorrock/The Nation: Obama’s Crackdown on Whistleblowers/The NSA Four reveal how a toxic mix of cronyism and fraud blinded the agency before 9/11

Ramola D/Washington’s Blog: NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart Speaks Candidly About Illegal and Criminal NSA & FBI Programs of Organized Stalking and Electronic Harassment in the USA & Abroad

NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart says Intel Community Now Full of People More Dangerous to Freedom than ISIS

Ex-CIA and MI5 Agent and Whistleblower Carl Clark Reveals Covert Electromagnetic Torture of Civilians by Intel Agencies in US/UK/Europe/Asia with Directed Energy “Non-Lethal” Neuroweapons

Former US Navy Officer Walks Across America to Expose Covert Targeting and Neuro-Experimentation Program

The Baton Rouge Gunman and “Targeted Individuals”: US Naval Academy Graduate Educates Americans on Non-Consensual Neuro-Experimentation

US CACH/Whistleblowers, Honorable Advisors To US and World CACH

WORLD CACH/Magnus Olsson Launches World CACH/Against AI-CIA-NSA DEW transhumanist neural robotoid agenda

Deborah Dupre/Targeted Individuals’ 24/7 Nightmare: NSA Whistleblower Tells EU Parliament

Paul Baird, Surveillance Issues/Hard Evidence: Social Engineering–Crimes Against Humanity

Cheryl Welsh/MindJustice/Targeted Individuals of Experimentation and Harassment Using ElectroMagnetic Radiation and “Non-Lethal” Weapons

Renee Pittman Mitchell/How the Covert Psycho-Physical Program is Structured Today

Renee Pittman Mitchell/Technology Approval

Soleil Mavis/Peace Pink: Mind Control with Electromagnetic Frequency

Soleil Mavis/Peace Pink (via Nicole Schmidt’s blog): Laws Against Criminal Uses of Electromagnetic Energy Weapons

Project Censored/Media Freedom Foundation/Sonoma State University: US Electromagnetic Weapons and Human Rights

Spencer Carter/Bigger than Snowden: Stealth Weapons Are Being Used to Torture and Subjugate Countless American Citizens

Ramola D/Washington’s Blog: The American Public Informs President Obama’s Commission for the Study of Bioethical Issues About Ongoing Non-Consensual Human Experimentation in the USA Today

John Finch: Message to the Presidential Commission for the Study of Bioethical Issues

No Waivers of Informed Consent, PERIOD: The Public Reports Ongoing Non-Consensual Experimentation and Demands the Common Rule Protect Citizens, Not Covert Activities

2015: “Targeted Individuals” are Non-Consensual Subjects in Criminal, Clandestine, Classified “Top Secret” MKULTRA-Extended Mind & Behavior Control/Torture Experimentation by Joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic Institutions, as well as Targets of COINTELPRO and Electronic Warfare

How Secret Policing With Deadly “Non-Lethal” EMF/Scalar/Sonic Neuroweaponry Has Been Installed Domestically Inside the US, & Globally

Book and Website Recommendations/Lists

Paul Baird/Surveillance Issues/Links

Renee Pittman Books

David Voigts/Targeted Individuals Reading List

Re-posting of this article online in full or part with attribution and linkback is welcomed. Please share widely.

NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart says Intel Community Now Full of People More Dangerous to Freedom than ISIS

by Ramola D/The Everyday Concerned Citizen/Posted 10/9/2016 nsa

In a no-holds-barred radio interview with Rob McConnell of X Zone last week, Karen Stewart, whistleblower and former Intelligence Analyst with the NSA, in relaying her personal story of retaliation at the NSA, described a systematic program of stalking, COINTELPRO, and covert oppression with directed-energy weapons that she says she, like numbers of other “Targeted Individuals” are now experiencing, in deadly programs of retaliation and experimentation initiated by Intelligence agencies. She observed that currently there are people in the Intelligence Community who are worse than ISIS terrorists. “I think that the Intelligence Community now is full of people who are of much greater danger to the free world than ISIS.”

nsa-headquarters

NSA HQ, Fort Meade, MD

Ms. Stewart, unlawfully fired after 28 years of experience with the NSA, and denied rightful promotions as well as full retirement benefits commensurate with her level, has initiated an EEOC lawsuit against her employer for discrimination. The entire story behind her termination, covered here earlier, involved both the wrongful crediting of a critical six-month series of Intelligence reports on “Operation Freedom” she authored, to much internal acclaim, to another NSA employee, as well as the uncovering of in-house promotions for sexual favors to upper management.

Her internal whistleblowing at the agency led to a series of events which included unscheduled psychiatric evaluation, aggressive verbal provocation just prior to a sudden polygraph evaluation, and dire threats of being turned over immediately to the FBI for investigation should she refuse this polygraph. The NSA polygraph examiner, Joe, had in fact “verbally ambushed (her), yelling threats and insinuations of guilt”. (She had then requested taking the polygraph another day with another, non-abusive polygraph examiner). More overt threats were made: The NSA Security psychologist threatened to review (over twenty years) of Ms. Stewart’s successful past routine psychiatric evaluations in order to “find a problem,” if she did not drop her request to the NSA Inspector-General to investigate the theft of credit of her work and the double promotion it garnered.

Since leaving the NSA, Karen reports stalking, surveillance, and house break-ins by NSA Security, and photo-stalking by personnel from the Navy Security Group whose headquarters were now co-located at Ft. Meade, Maryland with NSA Head Quarters, in the Directed-Energy Weapons Directorate.

Starting in late 2015, she reports being hit also by covert electronic-warfare Directed-Energy Weapons at her residence in Florida, a continuous 24/7 assault that began after a Twitter exchange about 9/11 with Bill Black, Jr., a former Deputy Director at the National Security Agency.  Karen’s write-up on 9/11 (referenced below), based on her experience of witness at the NSA was featured here earlier.

karens-emailShe reports on this further in another recent radio interview with James Fetzer on The Real Deal.

There is Something Horrifically Wrong Inside the Government Inside the Intel Community and It Needs To Be Rooted Out”

united_states_intelligence_community_sealThese directed-energy weapon assaults, related to radiation and sonic weapons, she notes, are not confined to her alone, and constitute a shared experience of targeting and covert remote electronic assault reported today by growing numbers of Americans, and thousands of citizens worldwide.

In response to Rob McConnell’s observation that her story appears to spring out of an Ian Fleming novel, and his subsequent question asking why she was coming forward under her own name, not even striving to preserve anonymity, she responds:

First of all I have nothing to hide. Second of all, it’s not just my story, it has opened up a window into something that is really horribly evil-–and it is affecting a lot more people. It showcases that there is something horrifically wrong inside the government inside the Intel Community and it needs to be rooted out. Because I will tell you right now, that I think that the Intel Community now is full of people who are of much greater danger to the free world than ISIS.”

Thousands of Innocents on the Terrorist Watch Lists, Subjected to Abusive Targeting

How could the Intel community get away with covertly assaulting whistleblowers with directed-energy weapons? Karen Stewart explains the connection between terrorist watch lists being drawn up by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the incredible system of covert abuse and absolute sadism with stealth radiation weapons now being meted out to hundreds if not thousands of Americans, and citizens worldwide, offering some rather terrifying insights into questions of who is being targeted and why.

icWell, apparently they’re using the Terrorist Watch List and a purposeful misinterpretation by the Intelligence Community to put random people on the List–people with specific genetics they’re interested in, like people who have autism—and they’re throwing in as well, whistleblowers, anybody who is a dissident patriot, pro-Constitution, onto the Watch List, as well as random people to bloat it –in order to justify their existence and the explosion of Security contractors—but they are also using them as experiments. People don’t know it but the purposeful misinterpretation says they no longer have Constitutional rights, they no longer have human rights, and that you can experiment on them and kill them at whimusing these devicesand I understand some of it is also medical experimentation—but I know the people who are developing these weapons are using this kind of wrongful persecution to find out also what kind of person dies under which kind of directed-energy weapon.”

Karen suspects that she herself has been subjected to this assault not merely as harassment but as a “slow-kill…to prevent the lawsuit from coming to fruition.” She says that like many others being abused in similar ways, she cannot get help from the police, who dismiss meter readings of elevated EMF levels, on orders, she believes, from the NSA, not to provide any assistance to her. “They are doing this all over the US, its not just NSA, its the military-industrial complex.”

trifieldStill beating the old, worn-out drum of “mental illness,” as recently covered here, she relays how the Fire Department Hazmat team, when shown her Trifield EMF meter readings of non-ionizing microwave radiation in the danger zone, responded, unhelpfully, by bringing a Geiger counter to check for ionizing radiation instead, upon which Deputy Matt Sears informed the Fire team not to pay her any attention, on account of her “mental illness.’ Ms. Stewart has since filed a complaint with the local Tallahassee Fire Chief, which included a mention of her husband’s own connection and service to Fire Departments, given that, coincidentally, he works for NFIRS (National Fire Incident Reporting System) under FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency). She relates that she mentioned this fact to highlight her informed concern from his years on the job that the Fire Hazmat team of the capital of Florida, in being unaware of Geiger counters’ inability to measure electromagnetic radiation, reflected an inadequate Hazmat knowledge and a response that was substandard. She freely admits, “It was also a bit of name dropping to say, look, my family has someone working along the same lines too–that is, to show family connection, to maybe garner some basic respect?”

When Will Congress Step In to Right These Wrongs of Abusive, Wrongful Targeting of Innocents and Deadly EMF Weapon Use on Citizens?

Karen reports that she has not attempted to contact Secretary Clinton nor President Obama about these abuses, because she has concluded they are indeed a part of the problem and the abusive system they have let stand currently in place, although she has sought to send information to Donald Trump. More importantly, she is also seeking to connect with Congressmen and women of integrity who will show courage in stepping forward to tackle this nationwide travesty of justice; her ongoing efforts to reach this minority are reflected in this letter, posted here earlier, and signed by more than a hundred Americans and international residents, where she notes:

I feel that now is the time to present this letter, with as many signatories as possible, to as many in authority or of influence we can find, who still care about America, and are the philosophical and moral progeny of our Founding Fathers – men and women of conscience and courage who will fight the real enemy within.”

Especially inspiring, for all others being wrongfully and abusively targeted as she is, are Ms. Stewart’s  visions of next steps. She says:

I am being encouraged to speak out, speak out, speak out–and I’m hoping that maybe someone will start an investigation, hoping that maybe Congress, Senators will start to de-fund some of the nebulous programs which have these programs hiding within them.”

I do know someone, an advocate, who has contacted a particular politician who knows about these terrorist watch lists being filled with innocent people and he’s investigating what the US Senate and Congress are trying to do—to find a way to let people appeal to be taken off the watchlist—there is currently no appeals process.

If anyone saw Congressman Trey Gowdy interviewing a DHS official, he was asking her about that specific thing: Once somebody is on the watchlist who has been put there by mistake, what is the appeals process to get off, and she said there is none. And he said, there is none?—so no-one innocent on the Terrorist Watch List has a means of getting off it? and she said, there is no way for anyone to get off the Terrorist Watch List.”

Tellingly, this riveting interview was frequently interrupted, with Karen being cut off at key points including when talking about EMF weapons being used on her, which she said “will kill you, they can give you cancer, they–” (cut-off).

Noting that she has no definite knowledge and only surmises, from her current experience of being targeted with stalking and assaults with EMF weaponry, that she too has been placed on this Terrorist Watch List, she bases her conclusion on others’ similar experience.

I’m assuming the way we are being treated, we have compared notes, we are being treated the same way–there is no way this is a mass hallucination–we are being abused and assumed to be bad people, we’re being stalked and harassed, and when you go to the police you are blown off. We know the police are here to protect and serve but if we bring something like a hit-and-run or vandalism of our car in our own driveway, they blow it off and they are rude. We are all on the same list and it has to be the Terrorist Watch List.”

Clarifying that NSA surveillance is meant to be directed at foreign suspects, Karen spells out that the mandate of the NSA is only to surveill foreign agents on foreign soil, and that as soon as a foreign agent enters the US, intelligence analysts are required to cease all email and phone surveillance and turn this over to the FBI—since they don’t have jurisdiction. Similarly, when an American goes overseas, if they find out the person they are surveilling is American, they have no jurisdiction to surveill since the person is an American, and are required to stop all surveillance. In actuality, however, as all of America and the world is aware now, and as former Technical Director William Binney recently noted, on InfoWars, the NSA is engaging in mass full-spectrum surveillance of pretty much everyone on the planet, in an apparent bid to control populations worldwide.

gloria-naylor1Regarding her continuing motivation to speak out, and her commitment to spreading word about the truth of what is happening to those wrongfully targeted today by a surveillance state that apparently seeks to crush free speech worldwide, while running media and community Psy Ops to suggest otherwise, she says:

When I found out there were so many people out there being experimented on I had to get out there and talk….As God is my witness everything I have told you is either true or I sincerely believe it to be true….I am speaking out because there are many people who cannot speak out because they are being tortured and they still have to make a living and guard their children.”

Listen to Karen’s spellbinding interviews here (Rob McConnell/X Zone) and here (The Real Deal/Jim Fetzer).

Related:

NSA Whistleblower William Binney/InfoWars: NSA is after Total Global Population Control

Paul Baird/Surveillance Issues: Covert Oppression Using Classified Technologies

NSA Whistleblower, Karen Stewart: Synopsis of the Silent Holocaust Taking Place in the United States  May 26, 2016

Robert Duncan, Regarding 6/10 NYT Article on Gang-Stalking & Targeted Individuals: “When Weapons Are “Field Tested” They Need To Be Very Secretive” June 11, 2016

Cheryl Welsh/MindJustice.org: The Mind Control Debate is Over. What Next? February, 2008

Marshall Thomas: Monarch, The New Phoenix Program–Army Intelligence, INSCOM, MKULTRA, COINTELPRO December, 2011

Paul Baird/Exposure: Nazis of the New World Order/Big Brother in the 21st Century May-June, 2000

Re-posting of this article online in full or part with attribution and linkback is welcomed.  Please share widely.